Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
- 1-
-* ^-^
(1) "
(2) "
(8) " " * '
(4)
(a) "
(hi "
H
- 3-
2. (1)
(2)
, i t t A T,"*
- 1 -
2.
3.
- 5-
S-b
2.
3.
4.
^
5.
*
. -
rt
i.
-6-
2.
2. L
3.
4.
5.
.
- 7-
2.
- e-
2.
(a)
- 9-
2.
()
()
(ai
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i>
)
W
(i)
- 10 -
(a)
()
M)
(e)
fe)
(h)
2.
3.
4.
- 11 -
2.
3.
(a)
(
4 .#
Mr.
(a)
2.
- 12 -
2.
3.
2.
to
O
(
- 13 -
2.
3.
4.
5.
--h *
2.
3.
- lU -
(a)
()
2.
- 15 -
-? .-***
2. i
ft
()
2.
g*.
3.
1.
(a)
()
()
()
2.
()
()
3. i
(a)
- 18 -
2.
3.
4.
5.
ffl
e.
*
7.
i.
(a)
(t **** J*,
()
to)
- 19-
2.
.
4.
5,
(a)
(t Mrjh,
- 20 -
()
()
2.
()
(t
**.
4
- 22 -
7.
a
a
4
m.
z
a
- 25 -
e.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11. i
+, +
- 26 -
i. fr
(a) -
(b)
)
(2)
(3)
()
2. Jfr
3.
- 27 -
-t-fa
i.
RUT,
2.
3.
**.
. -
(a)
(b)
(o)
2.
3.
fit **., .*
4.
5.
6. --|0******tttt4bf, ^Stt^AiA^.
7.
- 29-
8.
2.
4.
.5.
*#.
1.
-30 -
2. #
3. *J
BIT,
tt,
4.
()
(e)
- 31 -
te)
fc)
(i)
W
5.
2.
2.
- -
Mi*f
2.
3. (a)
- 33 -
()
#.
.
(d)
4.
5.
2.
.
-3*-
g g ft
2.
()
()
SL.
(d)
3.
- 35 -
4.
5.
1.
t*.
2.
3.
(a)
(b)
- 36-
()
Ht,
(d)
4. i-^i
6
- 37 -
1.
.
2. i
2.
#*.
3.
***.
4.
- 38-
--
2.
- 'si*-
.
4.
ft.
.
2.
- 39 -
2.
3.
4. ()
(i)
tt)
5.
.
.
8.
g.
.
1Q
2.
3.
4. .
- in -
--
2.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2. -
. -
4.
2.
5.
3.
4.
2.
()
(e)
(f)
2.
2.
2.
()
-g % *$ H M tt**ft*
3.
()
-liT-
4.
(a)
5. 4|:-
6. -
7 . Ih-
*.
2.
,.
()
te
2.
(1)
(2)
-so-
m
- 51 -
-.
-O-fc*
- 52 -
()
(
()
()
-- *
fa)
(t
()
- 53 -
*****#****
*,
,
a
4
- 5l -
()
()
7. *-
*~ *^
- 55-
, -- =
at
aft
W
.
-#-
(a)
(t
2.
tt*.
-59-
. ****.
* ,
(a)
w
***
-60-
ffl *
(a)
() " t*
(i)
(2)
2.
-a-
2.
-te-
XA.
1E-=O
- 3 -
-* -***
() * "
()
2.
3.
4.
--
*-=*
-E-fa
2. #*"#*-*^*, fa^filt^A*^^ it
3.
" "
2.
-=* 4**
1514(xv)
2.
B-*
**.
-66-
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
()
*;
U)
(2)
)
()
1 .
(a)
2.
M
- 68 -
(b) 4^^ *
--fa
i. *"rtsat4,
2.
(a)
-69-
##
()
()
(a)
()
S.
-
- 70-
* - *
(b)
()
it;
(e)
- 71-
(e)
K*
met
(1)
M
- T8-
2. (a;
(b)
()
**.
(e)
s.
4. (a)
- 73 -
(b)
(i)
(2)
38,
e. (a)
7. *-
.
8.
9.
*
lo.
.
2.
-75 -
2.
()
(b)
4.
e
-76-
JB-
g*
i.
()
(b)
() ^^*! - *
-77 -
() -
(f) **$ - *
2.
, "
" * "
5.
-78-
2.
.
4.
5.
JE--
2.
.
4.
- 79 -
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.
4.
5.
6.
7.
- 80 -
8. . fi
9.
2.
(a)
()
- Sl-
id)
(e)
(i)
(e)
" *"
(i)
(J)
- 82 -
()
, *^" * "'***!** fc^teS*****!!.
-^^&--" E* "
z
(
--
2
()
(O
.
it. 1
4.
5.
e.
7.
8. ()
(t
()
; ()
; W*.
(d)
(e) -ifc -
9.
-85-
2 . jfe*.
(a)
ft
(
W
(e)
m is*
W
(i)
)
(1)
,M
- 86 -
. ***m*. *
INI*.
w
(2)
i
-87-
(p)
()
(r)
(s)
(t)
()
.
*
W
u)
(2)
, ** ft ta* -
2.
3.
4.
***.
e.
7.
8.
-feftfrft.
-89-
12.
13.
2.
()
()
-90-
2.
tf)
- 91-
il)
'
(J)
^^^^^^ ;
-. M
" Ktt
tt#
a)
3.
- 9a-
2.
.
4.
i.
2.
3.
- 93 -
. **#**** t iff***.
2.
3.
4.
2.
s.
boa-
jfc
s
4
(a)
(b)
()
(
()
- 95 -
, h-*
, ***itffi.
H*rtfe*tttt*ttft:*:ftib.
****.
2.
(a)
()
() #. --* JS 1
f *
2.
3.
4.
-96-
fa-b
- ST -
, ,
1.
2.
s.
-98 -
(a)
MR;
(b)
3.
- 99-
ftfttJfl**.
2.
--*
- wo -
() ## S 14 * *#&##* * ttf-!
(t
(1)
(2)
() -=
(i)
(2)
(e)
(f)
1. -A-b*(aWIJ#4-ft S EMM! 1 :
(a)
- 101 -
2. (a)
(t
()
- 102 -
.
- 103 -
-* -***
2.
3.
*#*. ************, *
#$, **#>**tt##,
*, ** *&#;;
(e)
, *
(a)
4.
5.
- 105 -
2.
Jg-QO
- -
--
* A ***f PMftR s
(a) ^****^*, &t, tt*>*lbHIfMrt. K*
U)
(z)
)
(4)
(5)
(
(a)
)
2.
- 108 -
%-O-b
i.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.
- 109 -
3.
4.
s.
i . ^^^ *-
.
2.
s.
4.
s.
- 1 -
e. **, ;ft**>mKrjh,
4. #*B#*rtfitttt
6
(b)
()
7.
- 102 -
2.
3.
iTMBIIIIUII.
1 . ,
- -
(a)
()
2.
---b
2.
s.
- Ill -
4.
s.
#
6.
7.
E
8.
2.
.
- 115 -
4. *PBft***4fcfittfl*tt*. ***.
2.
- 116 -
4.
5.
6.
******#*, 1#***1*,
7.
,
8 . 3 , 4 , % 5 , 6 *$ 7 ^^& #- ** 6
- 117 -
, **& *,
2.
- -
. ()
(1)
(2)
(3)
- 119-
2.
..
- 120 -
2.
2.
3.
- 121 -
- 122 -
t
i.
2.
3.
- 123 -
2.
()
(
() . W
- 125 -
#**.
1.
i.
2.
- 126 -
2,
- 127 -
5.
()
()
6.
7.
8.
(a)
( . .
()
tf)
(a)
- 129-
te)
(e)
(e)
2.
- 1 -
()
(
.
)
()
2.
.
- 131 -
4.
5. -E
2.
3.
4.
- 132-
.
*
*.
- 133 -
**
*
-13V-
2.
3.
- 135 -
2. . ft
3.
- 13$ -
(a)
(b)
()
(d)
(e)
(a)
(O
-137-
()
(e)
-138-
(a)
, 9F
(t
*.
(c)
()
- 139 -
2.
* ******.
2. -
(a)
, ***, I**, 4
()
(fi
(g)
- It-
2.
- It -
4
-1*3-
()
(0
2.
- UA-
s.
6.
J&
7'.
t
8.
2. #-
3.
-1*5-
4.
, *&
2.
3.
5.
-1*6-
6.
2.
2.
S.
4.
-1*7-
2.
1 .
,
2.
*
.
- -
1.
2.
()
()
2. w
(i)
(2)
3. (a)
MWJb*4WI ***
O)
(1)
) -4*, ^-
^S^
(3) -^
(c)
**.
- 150 -
()
(a) (1)
; Jfc^-,
2)
*,
(3)
- 151 -
****+*;
> ()
(O JEE^^S$^m*^A.r(^^l6*>^!ftfft5R^ft^*, U
2.
1
3.
4.
l
5.
,
e.
1.
2.
- 158-
.fi
2.
-153-
4.
- 15* -
()
(fl
2.
- 155 -
4
^C &
/r
2.
-156-
4.
5.
=. *
2.
.
3.
4.
5.
.
JE
l.
Eft.
-158-
2.
1.
2.
3.
2.
- 159-
2.
2. -
3.
4.
()
5.
6.
- 1 -
=b
ffi
2 .-
3.
2.
-16l-
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
3. (a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(b)
- If-
X ;v
Thonnus al
__^.^_______^_ ' "f
.1-4-
2.
.: *_
Tnunmn ooeeue.
4 * . 11<
5, ^|4b+fcL: albacare.
o Jc^*3LT* '"
9. A jfc ft: Amd. tlugard; Aari roehel.
w-
USA*
=^N1 rtfttJftifeA.
.
4.
5.
.
ffffl.
-165-
()
()
2.
-166-
2.
3.
.
t.
()
2.
- 108 -
2.
3.
4. *-
(a)
(b)
5.
2.
3. ^-
, ttftft
4.
* "
5.
6.
()
- 170 -
2.
3.
(a)
* "
(b)
()
E**
W)
. *(), (b),
.
4.
5.
- 172 -
7.
8.
2.
(a)
3.
- 173 -
(a)
O*
()
(i)
(2)
4.
5.
, Hit
3. ffl 2 *Bt,
(a)
(b)
4.
5. t
- 175 -
6.
A.
7.
*
-176-
2.
s.
4.
H^^ 4
- 177 -
2.
3.
2.
()
(b)
-178-
(e) - = * 2
(f)
2.
a.
4.
()
(fe)
5. (a)
U)
(2)
- 179 -
6.
tt
(a)
U)
(2)
() (i)
(2)
- iBo-
as.
(d) (1)
(2)
()
- Ift. -
(e) (i)
(2)
W
(i)
, .
- 182 -
()
a)
- 183 -
w
(i)
(2)
O)
(4) -
(5)
()
()-
- 181 -
7. W
,
9. ()
ia
*.
12.
'-'***.
1
15. *#*^^*^*;*^^^:**:*|#)<1*-*,
ftttttftih
2.
-186-
ft.
ft.
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
ao
ai)
03
04)
(1)
(2)
()
- 18 -
2.
()
(b)
tt)
(2)
(
-189-
f *&*1-4**. ,
II,
(,
(d)
-,
(i)
(2)
(e)
- 190 -
fe)
-*
1.
(a)
2.
3. Mt-^-
1.
- 191-
2.
-^,
.
2.
.
- 192 -
ft
- 193 -
3.
l. bO*.
2.
2.
5. ^-
ft
7.
- 195 -
9.
(a)
O
()
(e)
()
(s)
(i)
)
W
-196-
3.
. -
--
1.
2.
a
jg-h
-198-
()
(b)
(
)
(e)
(a)
()
**.
(a)
)
- 199-
(0
-#*
(2)
(4)
(e) u)
tf)
- 200 -
fe)
tr-e*l^B**fflWf5t-f-. i4?ffi
SUR 2**
(h)
**
5.
1.
- 201 -
. ()
(b)
(i)
4.
.
*>.
6.
,
7.
1.
- 302 -
2.
(a)
(>
()
3. ()
()
()
(4)
(5)
4. (a)
- 203 -
()
5.
6. *-
7.
-*
. 4M* *****
()
- 305 -
to
(e)
w
()
+****##.
- 206 -
-b
2.
2. ftfjjl 1
Jg+IS
- 206 -
2
3
4
, -
- 20? -
2 . -
.
4.
i . ^*. ift^tf;
2 . -
4.
S A
i . s tu*,
, u*
2.
Jt.
ir -
2 ...
3.
JS
2.
- 211 -
4.
-h
I.
2.
3.
- 212 -
2.
2.
4.
5.
1 .
2.
3.
4.
5.
.
2.
.
4.
.
7.
8.
2.
i.
2.
--
2.
S.
- ZL6-
1.
2.
2.
2.
2.
4.
1. -
2.
.
- 218 -
2.
2.
3.
1.
- 219 -
2.
3.
4.
5.
e.
7.
i.
2.
.
- 220 -
*
*
1.
2.
-t
2.
3.
- 221 -
2.
.
- 222 -
(a)
(o
(e)
, *
m
te)
-283-
M ;#
-
- 23* -
- 225 -
2.
- 226 -
ItflA
ftfrttftfe
ifct, (2)
- 227 -
5.
(e)
-226-
(g)
<4>,
2.
s.
4.
- 229-
-*
1. -
- 230 -
3. '
4. -
5 . ii-
6.
1. -
2. -
3.
4.
-831-
2.
2.
.
-232-
()
;
(1) -
(2)
(3)
() (1) -
(a -
UNITED NATIONS CONVENTION
ON THE LAW OF THE SEA
UNITED NATIONS CONVENTION ON THE LAW OF THE SEA
Noting that developments since the United Nations Conferences on the LAW
of the Sea held at Geneva in 1958 and I960 have accentuated the need for a new
and generally acceptable Convention on the law of the sea,
Conscious that the problems of ocean space are closely interrelated and
need to be considered as a whole,
Recognizing the desirability of establishing through this Convention,
with due regard for the sovereignty of all States, a legal order for the sea*
and oceans which will facilitate international communication, and will promote
the peaceful uses of the seas and oceans, the equitable and efficient
utilization of their resources, the conservation of their living resources,
and the study, protection and preservation of the marine environment,
Bearing in mind that the achievement of these goals will contribute to
the realization of a just and equitable international economic order which
takes into account the interests and needs of mankind as a whole and, in
particular, the special interests and needs of developing countries, whether
coastal or land-locked,
Desiring by this Convention to develop the principles embodied in
resolution 2749 (XXV) of 17 December 1970 in which the General Assembly of the
United Nations solemnly declared inter alia that the area of the sea-bed and
ocean floor and the subsoil thereof, beyond the limits of national
jurisdiction, as well as its resources, are the common heritage of mankind,
the exploration and exploitation of which shall be carried out for the benefit
of mankind as a whole, irrespective of the geographical location of States,
Believing that the codification and progressive development of the law
of the sea achieved in this Convention will contribute to the strengthening of
peace, security, co-operation and friendly relations among all nations in
conformity with the principles of justice and equal rights and will promote
the economic and social advancement of all peoples of the world, in accordance
with the Purposes and Principles of the United Nations as set forth in the
Charter,
Affirming that matters not regulated by this Convention continue to be
governed by the rules and principles of general international law,
Have agreed as followss
- 2-
PART I
INTRODUCTION
Article 1
Us of terme and scope
1. Dor the purposes of this Convent ion s
(1) "Area" means the sea-bed and ocean floor and subsoil thereof,
beyond the units of national jurisdiction
(2) "Authority" means the International Sea-Bed Authority
(3) "activities in the Area" means all activities of exploration
for, and exploitation of, the resources of the Area
(4) "pollution of the marine environment" means the introduction by
man, directly or indirectly, of substances or energy into the marine
environment* including estuaries, which results or is likely to result in such
deleterious effects as harm to living resources and marine life, hasards to
human health, hindrance to marine activities, including fishing and other
legitimate uses of the sea, impairment of quality for use of sea water and
reduction of amenities i
(5) (a) "dumping" meansf
(i) any deliberate disposal of wastes or other matter from
vessels, aircraft, platforms or other man-made
structures at sea
(ii) any deliberate disposal of vessels, aircraft, platforms
or other man-made structures at sea
(b) "dumping* does not includes
(i) the disposal of wastes or other matter incidental to, or
derived from the normal operations of vessels, aircraft,
platforms or other man-made structures at sea and their
equipment, other than wastes or other matter transported
by or to vessels, aircraft, platforms or other man-made
structures at sea, operating for the purpose of disposal
of such matter or derived from the treatment of such
wastes or other matter on such vessels, aircraft,
platforms or structures
(ii) placement of matter for a purpose other than the mere
disposal thereof, provided that such placement is not
contrary to the aims of this Convention.
PART II
TERRITORIAL SEA AMD CONTIGUOUS ZONE
Article 2
Legal status of the territorial sea* of the air space over
the territorial sea and of its bed and subsoil
1. The sovereignty of a coastal State extends, beyond its land
territory and internal waters and, in the case of an archipelagie State, its
archipelagic waters, to an adjacent belt of sea, described as the territorial
sea.
2. This sovereignty extends to the air space over the territorial sea
as well as to its bed and subsoil.
3. The sovereignty over the territorial sea is exercised subject to
this Convention and to other rules of international law.
Article 3
Breadth of the territorial sea
Every State has the right to establish the breadth of its territorial
sea up to a liait not exceeding 12 nautical miles, measured from baselines
determined in accordance with this Convention.
Article 4
Outer limit of the territorial sea
The outer limit of the territorial sea is the line every point of which
is at a distance from the nearest point of the baseline equal to the breadth
of the territorial sea.
Article S
Normal baseline
Except where otherwise provided in this Convention, the normal baseline
for measuring the breadth of the territorial sea is the low-water line along
the coast as marked on large-scale charts officially recognised by the coastal
State.
- 4-
Article 6
Reefs
Article 9
Mouths of rivera
If a river flows directly into the sea the baseline shall be a straight
line across the south of the river between points on the low-water line of its
banks.
Article 10
Roadsteads which are normally used for the loading, unloading and
anchoring of hip*, and which would otherwise be situated wholly or partly
outside the outer liait of the territorial sea, are included in the
territorial sea.
Article 13
bow-tide elevations
1. A low-tide elevation is a naturally formed area of land which is
surrounded by and above water at low tide but submerged at high tide. Mhere a
low-tide elevation is situated wholly or partly at a distance not exceeding
the breadth of the territorial sea from the mainland or an island, the
low water line on that elevation may be used as the baseline for measuring the
breadth of the territorial sea.
2. Where a low-tide elevation is wholly situated at a distance
exceeding the breadth of the territorial sea from the mainland or an island,
it has no territorial sea of its own.
Article 14
Combination of methods for determining baselines
the coastal State may determine baselines in turn by any of the methods
provided for in the foregoing articles to suit different conditions.
Article 15
Delimitation of the territorial sea between States with
opposite or adjacent coasts
Where the coasts of two States are opposite or adjacent to each other,
neither of the two states is entitled, failing agreement between them to the
contrary, to extend its territorial sea beyond the median line every point of
which is equidistant from the nearest points on the baselines from which the
breadth of the territorial seas of each of the two states is measured. The
above provision does not apply however, where it is necessary by reason of
historic title or other special circumstances to delimit the territorial seas
of the two States in a way which is at variance therewith.
Article 16
Charts and lists of geographical co-ordinates
1. the baselines for measuring the breadth of the territorial sea
determined in accordance with articles 7, 9 and 10, or the limits derived
therefrom, and the lines of delimitation drawn in accordance with articles 12
and 15 shall be shown on charte of a scale or scales adequate for ascertaining
their position. Alternatively, a list of geographical co-ordinates of points,
specifying the geodetic datum, may be substituted.
2* The coastal State shall give due publicity to such charts or lists
of geographical co-ordinates and shall deposit a copy of each such chart or
list with the Secretary-General of the United Nations.
- 7-
Article 17
Right of innocent passage
Subject to this Convention, ships of all States, whether coastal or
land-locked, enjoy the right of innocent passage through the territorial sea.
Article 18
Meaning of passage
1* Passage means navigation through the territorial sea for the
purpose oft
(a) traversing that sea without entering internal waters or calling
at a roadstead or port facility outside internal waters! or
(b) proceeding to or from internal waters or a call at such
roadstead or port facility.
2. Passage shall be continuous and expeditious. However, passage
includes stopping and anchoring, but only in so far as the same are incidental
to ordinary navigation or are rendered necessary by force majeure or distress
or for the purpose of rendering assistance to persons, ships or aircraft in
danger or distress.
Article 19
Meaning of innocent passage
1. Passage is innocent so long as it is not prejudicial to the peace,
good order or security of the coastal State. Such passage shall take place in
conformity with this Convention and with other rules of international law.
2. Passage of a foreign ship shall be considered to be prejudicial to
the peace, good order or security of the coastal State if in the territorial
sea it engages in any of the following activities:
(a) any threat or use of force against the sovereignty, territorial
integrity or political independence of the coastal State, or in any
other manner in violation of the principles of international law
embodied in the Charter of the United Nations?
(b) any exercise or practice with weapons of any kind}
(c) any act aimed at collecting information to the prejudice of the
defence or security of the coastal State)
(d) any act of propaganda aimed at affecting the defence or security of
the coastal State}
(e) the launching, landing or taking on board of any aircraft!
(f) the launching, landing or taking on board of any military device
(g) the loading or unloading of any commodity, currency or person
contrary to the custom, fiscal , immigration or sanitary lava and
regulations of the coastal State
(h) any act of wilful and serious pollution contrary to thia
Convention*
(i) any fishing activities!
(J) the carrying out of research or survey activities
(k) any act aimed at interfering with any systems of communication or
any other facilities or installations of the coastal State
(1) any other activity not having a direct bearing on passage.
Article 20
Submarines and other underwater vehicles
Zn the territorial sea, subamrinea and other underwater vehicles ara
required to navigate on the surface and to show their flag*
Article 21
Laws and regulations of the coastal State relating to
innocent passage
1. The coastal State may adopt laws and regulations, in conformity with
the provisions of this Convention and other rules of international law,
relating to innocent passage through the territorial sea, in respect of all or
any of the followingt
(a) the safety of navigation and the regulation of maritime traffic
(b) the protection of navigational aids and facilities and other
facilities or installations
(c) the protection of cables and pipelines
(d) the conservation of the living resources of the sea
(a) the prevention of infringement of the fisheries laws and
regulations of the coastal State
(f ) the preservation of the environment of the coastal State and tie
prevention, reduction and control of pollution thereof
(g) marine scientific research and hydrographie surveys
(h) the prevention of infringement of the customs, fiscal, immigration
or sanitary laws and regulations of the coastal State.
- 9-
1. The coastal State may, where necessary having regard to the safety
of navigation, require foreign ships exercising the right of innocent passage
through its territorial sea to use such sea lanes and traffic separation
schemes as it may designate or prescribe for the regulation of the passage of
ships.
2. In particular, tankers, nuclear-powered ships and ships carrying
nuclear or other inherently dangerous or noxious substances or materials may
be required to confine their passage to such sea lanes.
3. In the designation of sea lanes and the prescription of traffic
separation schemes under this article,.the coastal State shall take into
account;
(a) the recommendations of the competent international organization)
(b) any channels customarily used for international navigation)
(c) the special characteristics of particular ships and channelsi and
(d) the density of traffic.
4. The coastal State shall clearly indicate such sea lanes and traffic
separation schemes on charts to which due publicity shall be given.
Article 23
Foreign nuclear-powered ships and ships carrying nuclear or
other inherently dangerous or noxious substances
Foreign nuclear-powered ships and ships carrying nuclear or other
inherently dangerous or noxious substances shall, when exercising the right of
innocent passage through the territorial sea, carry documents and observe
special precautionary measures established for such ships by international
agreements.
- 10 -
Article 24
Duties of the coastal State
1. The coastal State shall not hamper the innocent passage of foreign
ships through the territorial sea except in accordance with this Convention.
Zn particular, in the application of thie Convention or of any laws or
regulations adopted in conformity with this Convention, the coastal State
shall not i
(a) impose requirements on foreign ships which have the practical
effect of denying or impairing the right of innocent passage* or
(b) discriminate in form or in fact against the ships of any State or
against ships carrying cargoes to, from or on behalf of any State.
2. The coastal State shall give appropriate publicity to any danger to
navigation, of which it has knowledge, within its territorial sea.
Article 25
Rights of protection of the coastal State
1. The coastal State may take the necessary steps in its territorial
sea to prevent passage which is not innocent.
2. In the case of ships proceeding to internal waters or a call at a
port facility outside internal waters, the coastal State also has the right to
take the necessary steps to prevent any breach of the conditions to which
admission of those ships to internal waters or such a call is subject.
3. The coastal State may, without discrimination in form or in fact
among foreign ships, suspend temporarily in specified areas of its territorial
sea the innocent passage of foreign ships if such suspension is essential for
the protection of its security, including weapons exercises. Such suspension
shall take effect only after having been duly published.
Article 26
Charges which may be levied upon foreign ships
1. No charge may be levied upon foreign ships by reason only of their
passage through the territorial sea.
2. Charges may be levied upon a foreign ship passing through the
territorial sea as payment only for specific services rendered to the ship.
These charges shall be levied without discrimination.
- 11 -
Article 27
Criminal jurisdiction on board a foreign ship
2. The above provisions do not affect the right of the coastal State to
take any steps authorized by its laws for the purpose of an arrest or
investigation on board a foreign ship passing through the territorial sea
after leaving internal waters.
3. In the cases provided for in paragraphs 1 and 2, the coastal State
shall, if the master so requests, notify a diplomatic agent or consular
officer of the flag State before taking any steps, and shall facilitate
contact between such agent or officer and the ship's crew. In cases of
emergency this notification may be communicated while the measures are being
taken.
Article 28
Civil jurisdiction in relation to foreign ships
1. The coastal State should not stop or divert a foreign ship passing
through the territorial sea for the purpose of exercising civil jurisdiction
in relation to a person on board the ship.
2. The coastal State may not levy execution against or arrest the ship
for the purpose of any civil proceedings, save only in respect of obligations
or liabilities assumed or incurred by the ship itself in the course or for the
purpose of its voyage through the waters of the coastal State.
3. Paragraph 2 is without prejudice to the right of the coastal State,
in accordance with its laws, to levy execution against or to arrest, for the
purpose of any civil proceedings, a foreign ship lying in the territorial sea,
or passing through the territorial sea after leaving internal waters.
Article 29
Definition of warships
Article 32
Immunities of warships and other government ships operated
for non-commercial purposes
With such exceptions as are contained in subsection A and in articles 30
ami 31 nothing in this Convention affects the immunities of warships and
government ships operated for non commercial purposes.
Article 33
Contiguous sone
1. In a sone contiguous to its territorial sea, described as the
contiguous son, the coastal State may exercise the control necessary tot
(a) prevent infringement of its customs, fiscal, immigration or
sanitary laws and regulations within its territory or
territorial sea
<b) punish infringement of the above laws and regulations committed
within its territory or territorial sea.
2. The contiguous sone may not extend beyond 24 nautical miles from the
iaes from which the breadth of the territorial sea is measured.
PART III
Article 34
Legal status of waters forming straits used for
international navigation
1. The regime of passage through straits used for international
navigation established in this Part shall not in other respects affect the
Imgel status of the waters forming such straits or the exercise by the States
bordering the straits of their sovereignty or jurisdiction over such waters
and their air space bed and subsoil.
2. The sovereignty or jurisdiction of the states bordering the straits
is exercised subject to this Part and to other rules of international law.
- 14 -
Article 35
Scope of this Part
Nothing in this part affectt
(a) any areas of internal waters within a strait, except here the
establishment of a straight baseline in accordance with the method
eet forth in article 7 has the effect of enclosing as internal
waters areas which had not previously been considered as such
(b) the legal statue of the waters beyond the territorial seas of
States bordering straits as exclusive econonic iones or
high seas* or
(c) the legal rgime in straits in which passage is regulated in whole
or in part by long-standing international conventions in force
specifically relating to such straits.
Article 36
High seas routes or routes through exclusive economic genes
through straits used for international navigation
This Part does not apply to a strait used for international navigation
if there exists through the strait a route through the high seas or through an
exclusive economic zone of similar convenience with respect to navigational
and hydrographical characteristics! in such routes the other relevant Parts
of this Convention, including the provisions regarding the freedoms of
navigation and overflight apply.
Article 37
Scope of this section
This section applies to straits which are used for international
navigation between one part of the high seas or an exclusive economic zone and
another part of the high seas or an exclusive economic zone*
Article 38
Right of transit passage
1. In straits referred to in article 37, all ships and aircraft enjoy
the right of transit passage which shall not be impeded except that if the
trait is formed by an island of a State bordering the strait and its
mainland transit passage shall not apply if there exists -seaward of the
island a route through the high seas or through an exclusive economic zone of
similar convenience with respect to navigational and hydrographical
characteristics.
- 15 -
Article 45
Innocent passage
1. The regime of innocent passage, in accordance with Part XI*
section 3 r shall apply in straits used for international navigations
(a) excluded from the application of the rgis of transit passage
under article 38, paragraph If or
(b) between a part of the high seas or an exclusive economic son and
the territorial sea of a foreign State.
2. There shall be no suspension of innocent passage through such
straits.
PART IV
ARCHIPBLAGIC STATES
Article 46
Ose of terms
Article 48
Measurement of the breadth of the territorial sea, the
contiguous zone, the exclusive economic zone and the
continental shelf
The breadth of the territorial sea, the contiguous zone, the exclusive
economic zone and the continental shelf shall be measured from archipelagic
baselines drawn in accordance with article 47.
Article 49
Legal status of archipelagic waters, of the air space over
archipelagic waters and of their bed and subsoil
1. The sovereignty of an archipelagic State extends to the waters
enclosed by the archipelagic baselines drawn in accordance with article 47,
described as archipelagic waters, regardless of their depth or distance from
the coast.
2. This sovereignty extends to the air space over the archipelagic
waters, as weill as to their bed and subsoil, and the resources contained
therein.
- 20 -
2. All ships and aircraft enjoy the right of archipelagic sea lanes
passage in such sea lanes and air routes.
Article 54
Duties of ships and aircraft during their passage, research
and survey activities, duties of the archipelaaic State and
law and regulations of the archipelagic State relating to
archipelaeic sea lanes passage
Articles 39, 40, 42 and 44 apply mutatis mutandis to archipelagic sea
lanes passage.
PART V
Article 55
Specific legal regime of the exclusive economic one
the exclusive economic son is an area beyond and adjacent to the
territorial sea subject to the specific legal* regime established in this
tort under which the rights and jurisdiction of the coastal State and the
rights and freedoms of other states are governed by the relevant provisions of
this Convention.
Article 56
Rights, jurisdiction and duties of the coastal State in the
exclusive economic one
1. In the exclusive economic zone, the coastal State hast
(a) sovereign rights for the purpose of exploring and exploiting
conserving and managing the natural resources whether living or
non-living of the waters superjacent to the sea-bed and of the
sea-bed and its subsoil and with regard to other activities for the
economic exploitation and exploration of the one such as the
production of energy from the water currents and winds i
(b) jurisdiction as provided for in the relevant provisions of this
Convention with regard tot
(i) the establishment and use of artificial islands installations
and structures
(ii) marine scientific researchf
(iii) the protection and preservation of the marine environment!
(c) other rights and duties provided for in this Convention.
2. In exercising its rights and performing its duties under this
Convention in the exclusive economic one the coastal State shall have due
regard to the rights and duties of other States and shall act in a manner
compatible with the provisions of this Convention.
- 23 -
3. The rights et out in this article with respect to the sea-bed and
subsoil shall be exercised in accordance with Part VI.
Article 57
Breadth of the exclusive economic
The exclusive economic son shall not extend beyond 200 nautical miles
from the baselines from which the breadth of the territorial sea is measured*
Article 58
Rights and duties of other States
in the exclusive economic son
1 In the exclusive economic soner all States, whether coastal or
land-locked, enjoy, subject to the relevant provisions of this Convention, the
freedoms referred to in article 87 of navigation and overflight and of the
laying of submarine cables and pipelines, and other internationally lawful
uses of the sea related to these freedoms, such as those associated with the
operation of ships, aircraft and submarine cables and pipelines, and
itible with the other provisions of this Convention.
2. Articles 88 to 115 and other pertinent rules of international law
apply to the exclusive economic son in so far as they are not incompatible
with this Part.
3. In exercising their rights and performing their duties under this
Convention in the exclusive economic . States shall have due regard to the
rights and duties of the coastal State and shall comply with the laws and
regulations adopted by the coastal State in accordance with the provisions of
this Convention and other rules of international law in so far as they are not
incompatible with this Part.
Article 59
Basis for the resolution of conflicts regarding the
attribution of rights and jurisdiction in the exclusive
economic son
In cases where this Convention does not attribute rights or jurisdiction
to the coastal State or to other States within the exclusive economic son,
and a conflict arises between the interests of the coastal State and any other
State or States, the conflict should be resolved on the basis of equity and in
the light of all the relevant circumstances, taking into account the
respective importance of the interests involved to the parties as well as to
the international community as a whole.
Article 60
Artificial islands, installations and structures in the
exclusive economic one
1* In the exclusive economic son, the coastal State shall have the
exclusive right to construct and to authorise and regulate the construction,
operation and use oft
(a) artificial islands!
- 24 -
2* The coastal State, taking into account the beet scientific evidence
available to it, shall ensure through proper conservation and management
measures that the maintenance of the living resources in the exclusive
economic son is not endangered by over-exploitation. As appropriate, the
coastal State and competent international organisations, whether subregional,
regional or global, shall co-operate to this end.
3. Such measures shall also be designed to maintain or restore
populations of harvested species at levels which can produce the maximum
sustainable yield, as qualified by relevant environmental and economic
factors, including the economic needs of coastal fishing communities and the
special requirements of developing States, and taking into account fishing
patterns, the interdependence, of. stocks, and any generally recommended ;
international minimum standards, whether subregional, regional or global.
4. In taking such measures the coastal State shall take into
consideration the effects on species associated with or dependent upon
harvested species with a view to maintaining or restoring populations of such
associated or dependent species above levels at which their reproduction may
seriously threatened.
5. Available scientific information, catch and fishing effort
statistics, and other data relevant to the conservation of fish stocks shall
be contributed and exchanged on a regular basis through competent
international organizations, whether subregional, regional or global, where
appropriate and with participation by all States concerned, including States
whose nationals are allowed to fish in the exclusive economic son.
Article 62
Utilisation of the living resources
1. The coastal State shall promote the objective of optimum utilization
of the living resources in the exclusive economic zone without prejudice to
article 61.
2. The coastal State shall determine its capacity to harvest the living
resources of the exclusive economic zone. Where the coastal State does not
have the capacity to harvest the entire allowable catch, i't shall, through
agreements or other arrangements and pursuant to the terms, conditions, laws
and regulations referred to in paragraph 4, give other States access to the
surplus of the allowable catch, having particular regard to the provisions of
articles 69 and 70, especially in relation to the developing States mentioned
therein.
3. In giving access to other States to its exclusive economic zone
under this article, the coastal State shall take into account all relevant
factors, including, inter alia, the significance of the living resources of
the area to the economy of the coastal State concerned and its other national
interests, the provisions of articles 69 and 70, the requirements of
developing States in the subregion or region in harvesting part of the surplus
and the need to minimize economic dislocation in States whose nationals have
habitually fished in the zone or which have made substantial efforts in
research and identification of stocks.
- 26 -
(c) regulating seasons and areas of fishing, the types, sises and
amount of gear, and the types, sises and number of fishing vessels
that may be used)
(d) fixing the age and sise of fish and other species that
may be caught}
(e) specifying information required of fishing vessels, including catch
and effort statistics and vessel position reports
(f) requiring, under the authorization and control of the coastal
State, the conduct of specified fisheries research programmes and
regulating the conduct of such research, including the sampling of
catches, disposition of samples and reporting of associated
scientific data
(g) the placing of observers or trainees on board such vessels by
the coastal State
(h) the landing of all or any part of the catch by such vessels
in the ports of the coastal State
(i) terms and conditions relating to joint ventures or other
co-operative arrangements
(j) requirements for the training of personnel and the transfer of
fisheries technology, including enhancement of the coastal
State's capability of undertaking fisheries research
(k) enforcement procedures.
Article 63
Stocks occurring within the exclusive economic zones of two
or more coastal States or both within the exclusive economic
zone and in an area beyond and adjacent to it
1. Mhere the same stock or stocks of associated species occur within
the exclusive economic zones of two or more coastal States, these States shall
seek, either directly or through appropriate subregional or regional
organizations, to agree upon the measures necessary to co-ordinate and ensure
the conservation and development of such stocks without prejudice to the other
provisions of this Part.
2. Where the same stock or stocks of associated species occur both
within the exclusive economic zone and in an area beyond and adjacent to the
zone, the coastal State and the States fishing for such stocks in the adjacent
area shall seek, either directly or through appropriate subregional or
regional organizations, to agree upon the measures necessary for the
conservation of these stocks in the adjacent area.
Article 64
Highly migratory species
1. The coastal State and other States whose nationals fish in the
region for the highly migratory species listed in Annex I shall co-operate
directly or through appropriate international organizations with a view to
ensuring conservation and promoting the objective of optimum utilization of
such species throughout the region, both within and beyond the exclusive
economic one. In regions for which no appropriate international organisation
exists, the coastal State and other States whose nationals harvest these
species in the region shall co-operate to establish such an organization and
participate in its work.
2. The provisions of paragraph 1 apply in addition to the other
provisions of this Part.
Article 65
Marine mammals
Nothing in this Part restricts the right of a coastal State or the
competence of an international organization, as appropriate, to prohibit,
limit or regulate the exploitation of marine mammals more strictly than
provided for in this Part, states shall co-operate with a view to the
conservation of marine mammals and in the case of cetaceans shall in
particular work through the appropriate international organizations for their
conservation, management and study.
Article 66
Anadromous stocks
1.- States in whose rivers anadromous stocks originate shall have the
primary interest in and responsibility for such stocks.
- 28 -
Article 70
Right of geographically diaadvantaged States
1. Geographically disadvantaged States shall have the right to
participate, on an equitable basis, in the exploitation of an appropriate part
of the surplus of the living resources of the exclusive economic sones of
coastal States of the same subregion or region, taking into account the
relevant economic and geographical circumstances of all the States concerned
and in conformity with the provisions of this article and of articles 61 and
62.
2. Por the purposes of this Part, "geographically disadvantaged States"
means coastal States, including States bordering enclosed or semi-enclosed
seas, whose geographical situation makes them dependent upon the exploitation
of the living resources of the exclusive economic zones of other States in the
subregion or region for adequate supplies of fish for the nutritional purposes
of their populations or parts thereof, and coastal States which can claim no
exclusive conomie sones of their own.
3. the terms and modalities of such participation shall be established
by the States concerned through bilateral, aubregional or regional agreements
taking into account, inter aliat
(a) the need to avoid effects detrimental to fishing communities or
fishing industries of the coastal Statet
(b) the extent to which the geographically disadvantaged State, in
accordance with the provisions of this article, is participating or
is entitled to participate under existing bilateral, subregional or
regional agreements in the exploitation of living resources df the
exclusive conomie cones of other coastal Statesi
(c) the extent to which other geographically disadvantaged States and
land-locked States are participating in the exploitation of the
living resources of the exclusive economic son of the coastal
State and the consequent need to avoid a particular burden for any
single coastal State or a part of it)
- 31 -
Article 73
Enforcement of laws and regulations of the coastal State
1. The coastal State may, in the exercise of its sovereign rights to
explore, exploit, conserve and manage the living resources in the exclusive
economic son take such measures, including boarding, inspection, arrest and
judicial proceedings, as nay be necessary to ensure compliance with the laws
and regulations adopted by it in conformity with this Convention.
2. Arrested vessels and their crews shall be promptly released upon the
posting of reasonable bond or other security.
3. Coastal State penalties for violations of fisheries laws and
regulations in the exclusive economic zone may not include imprisonment in
the absence of agreements to the contrary by the States concerned, or any
other form of corporal punishment.
4. In cases of arrest or detention of foreign vessels the coastal State
shall promptly notify the flag State, through appropriate channels, of the
action taken and of any penalties subsequently imposed.
Article 74
Delimitation of the exclusive economic tone between States
with opposite or adjacent coasts
1. The delimitation of the exclusive economic son between States with
opposite or adjacent coasts shall be effected by agreement on the basis1of
international law as referred to in Article 38 of the Statute of the
International Court of Justice, in order to achieve an equitable solution.
2. If no agreement can be reached within a reasonable period of time,
the States concerned shall resort to the procedures provided for in Part XV*
3. Pending agreement as provided for in paragraph 1, the States
concerned, in a spirit of understanding and co-operation, shall make every
effort to enter into provisional arrangements of a practical nature and,
during this transitional period, not to jeopardise or hamper the reaching of
the final agreement. Such arrangements shall be without prejudice to the
final delimitation.
4. Where there is an agreement in force between the States concerned,
questions relating to the delimitation of the exclusive economic zone shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions of that agreement.
Article 75
Charts and lists of geographical co-ordinates
1. Subject to this Part, the outer limit lines of the exclusive
economic cone and the lines of delimitation drawn in accordance with article
74 shall be shown on charts of a scale or scales adequate for ascertaining
their position. Where appropriate, lists of geographical co-ordinates of
points, specifying the geodetic datum, may be substituted for such outer limit
lines or lines of delimitation.
- 33 -
2. The coastal State shall give due publicity to such charts or lists
of geographical co-ordinates and shall deposit a copy of each such chart or
list with the Secretary-General of the United Nations.
PART VI
CONTINENTAL SHELF
Article 76
Definition of the continental shelf
1* The continental shelf of a coastal State comprises the sea-bed and
subsoil of the submarine areas that extend beyond its territorial sea
throughout the natural prolongation of its land territory to the outer edge of
the continental marginr or to a distance of 200 nautical miles from the!
baselines from which the breadth of the territorial sea is measured where the
outer edge of the continental margin does not extend up to that distance.
2 The continental shelf of a 'coastal State shall not extend beyond the
limits provided for in paragraphs 4 to 6.
3* The continental margin comprises the submerged prolongation of the
land mass of the coastal State and consists of the sea-bed and subsoil of the
shelfr the slope and the rise. It does not include the deep ocean floor with
its oceanic ridges or the subsoil thereof.
4. (a) For the purposes of this Convention the coastal State shall
establish the outer edge of the continental margin wherever the
margin extends beyond 200 nautical miles from the baselines from
which the breadth of the territorial sea is measured, by eithers
(i) a line delineated in accordance with paragraph 7 by reference
to the outermost fixed points at each of which the thickness of
sedimentary rocks is at least 1 per cent of the shortest
distance from such point to the foot of the continental
slope or
(ii) a line delineated in accordance with paragraph 7 by reference
to fixed points not more than 60 nautical miles from the foot
of the continental slope.
(b) In the absence of evidence to the contrary the foot of the
continental slope shall be determined as the point of maximum
change in the gradient at its base.
5. The fixed points comprising the line of the outer limits of the
continental shelf on the sea-bed, drawn in accordance with paragraph 4 (a)(i)
and (ii), either shall not exceed 350 nautical miles from the baselines from
which the breadth of the territorial sea is measured or shall not exceed 100
nautical miles from the 2,500 metre isobath, which is a line connecting the
depth of 2,500 metres.
- 34 -
Article 78
Legal status of the superjacent waters and air apace and the
rights and freedom of other States
1. The rights of the coastal State over the continental shelf do not
affect the legal status of the superjacent waters or of the air space above
those waters.
2. The exercise of the rights of the coastal State over the continental
shelf must not infringe or result in any unjustifiable interference with
navigation and other rights and freedoms of other States as provided for in
this Convention.
Article 79
Submarine cables and pipelines on the continental shelf
1. All States are entitled to lay submarine cables and pipelines 4on the
continental shelf, in accordance with the provisions of this article.
2. Subject to its right to take reasonable measures for the exploration
of the continental shelf, the exploitation of its natural resources and the
prevention,' reduction and control of pollution from pipelines, the coastal
State may not impede the laying or maintenance of such cables or pipelines.
Article 82
Payments and contributions with respect to the exploitation
of the continental shelf beyond 200 nautical miles.
1. The coastal State shall make payments or contributions in kind in
respect of the exploitation of the non-living resources of the continental
shelf beyond 200 nautical miles from the baselines from which the breadth of
the territorial sea is measured.
2. The payments and contributions shall be made annually with respect
to all production at a site after the first five years of production at that
site* For the sixth year, the rate of payment or contribution shall be 1 per
cent of the value or volume of production at the site. The rate shall
increase by1 1 per cent for each subsequent year until the twelfth year and
shall remain at 7 per cent thereafter. Production does not include resources
used in connection with exploitation.
Articl 84
Chart and list of geographical co-ordinates
1. Subject to this Part, the outer limit line* of the continental half
and the lines of delimitation drawn in accordance with article 83 shall be
shown on charts of a scale or scales adequate for ascertaining their
position. Where appropriate, lists of geographical co-ordinates of points
specifying the geodetic datum, may be substituted for such outer limit linee
or lines of delimitation.
2. The coastal State shall give due publicity to such charts or lists
of geographical co-ordinates and shall deposit a copy of each such chart or
list with the Secretary-General of the United Nations and, in the case of
those showing the outer limit lines of the continental shelf, with the
Secretary-General of the Authority.
Article 85
Tunnelling
This Part does not prejudice the right of the coastal State to exploit
the subsoil by means of tunnelling, ' irrespective of the depth of water above
the subsoil.
PART VII
HIGH SEAS
Article 86
Application of the provisions of this Part
The provisions of this Part apply to all parts of the sea that are not
included in the exclusive economic son, in the territorial sea or in the
internal waters of a State, or in the archipelagic waters of an archlpelagie
State. This article does not entail any abridgement of the freedoms enjoyed
by all States in the exclusive economic son in accordance with article 58
Article 87
Freedom of the high seas
1. The high seas are open to all States, whether coastal or
land-locked. Freedom of the high seas is exercised under the conditions laid
down by this Convention and by other rules of international law. It
comprises, inter lia, both for coastal and land-locked Statess
(a) freedom of navigation}
(b) freedom of overflight
(c) freedom to lay submarine cables and pipelines, subject to Part VZ|
-sa-
Article 93
Ship flying the flag of the Oh 1 ted Nation, it specialise^
agencies and the International Atomic Energy Agency
The preceding articles do not prejudice the question of ships ployed
on the official service of the United Nations, its specialised agencies or the
International Atomic Energy Agency, flying the flag of the organisation.
Article 94
Duties of the flag State
1. Every State shall effectively exercise its jurisdiction and control
in administrative, technical and social matters over ships flying its flag*
2. In particular every State shallx
(a) maintain a register of ships containing the names and particulars
of ships flying its flag, except those which are excluded from
generally accepted international regulations on account of their
small sise? and
(b) assume jurisdiction under its internal law over each ship flying
its flag and its master, officers and crew in respect of
administrative, technical and social matters concerning the ship.
3. Every State shall take such measures for ships flying its flag as
are necessary to ensure safety at sea with regard, inter alia* tot
(a) the construction, equipment and seaworthiness of shipst
(b) the manning of ships, labour conditions and the training of crews,
taking into account the applicable international instruments
(c) the use of signals, the maintenance of communications and the
prevention of collisions.
4. Such measures shall include those necessary to ensures
(a) that each ship, before registration and thereafter at appropriate
intervals, is surveyed by a qualified surveyor of ships, and has oa
board such charts, nautical publications and navigational equipment
and instruments as are appropriate for the safe navigation
of the shipi
(b) that each ship is in the charge of a master and officers who
possess appropriate qualifications, in particular in seamanship,
navigation, communications and narine engineering, and that the
crew is appropriate in qualification and numbers for the type,
sise, machinery and equipment of the ship*
(c) that the master, officers and, to the extent appropriate, the crew
are fully conversant with and required to observe the applicable
international regulations concerning the safety of life at sea, the
prevention of collisions, the prevention, reduction and control of.
marine pollution, and the maintenance of communications by radio.
- 40 -
Article 105
Seizure of a pirate ship or aircraft
On the high seas, or in any other place outside the jurisdiction of any
State every State may seize a pirate ship or aircraft, or a ship or aircraft
taken by piracy and under the control of pirates, and arrest the persons and
seize the property on board. The courts of the State which carried out the
seizure may i decide upon the penalties to be imposed, and may also determine
the action to be taken with regard to the ships, aircraft or property, subject
to the rights of third parties acting in good faith.
Article 106
Liability for seizure without adequate grounds
Where the seizure of a ship or aircraft on suspicion of piracy has been
effected without,adequate grounds, the State making the seizure shall be
liable to the State the nationality of which is possessed by the ship or
aircraft for any loss or damage caused by the seizure.
Article 107
Ships and aircraft which are entitled to seize on account of
piracy
A seizure on account of piracy may be carried out only by warships or
military aircraft, or other ships or aircraft clearly marked and identifiable
as being on government service and authorized to that effect.
Article 108
Illicit traffic in narcotic drugs or psychotropic substances
1. All States shall co-operate in the suppression of illicit traffic in
narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances engaged in by ships on the high
seas contrary to international conventions.
2. Any State which has reasonable grounds for believing that a ship
flying its flag is engaged in illicit traffic in narcotic drugs or
psychotropic substances may request the co-operation of other States to
suppress such traffic.
Article 109
Unauthorized broadcasting from the high seas
1. All States shall co-operate in the suppression of unauthorized
broadcasting from the high seas.
2. For the purposes of this Convention, "unauthorized broadcasting"
means the transmission of sound radio or television broadcasts from a ship or
installation on the high seas intended for reception by the general public
contrary to international regulations, but excluding the transmission of
distress calls.
- 44 -
Article 111
Right of hot pursuit
Article 116
Right to fish on the high seas
All States have the right for their nationals to engage in fishing on
the high seas subject tot
(a) their treaty obligations!
(b) the rights and duties as well as the interests of coastal States
provided for, inter alia* in article 63, paragraph 2, and article*
64 to 67 and
(c) the provisions of this section.
Article 117
Duty of States to adopt with respect to their nationals
measures for the conservation of the living resources of the
high seas
All States have the duty to take, or to co-operate with other States in
taking, such Measures for their respective nationals as may be necessary for
the conservation of the living resources of the high seas.
Article 118
Co-operation of States in the conservation and management of
living resources
States shall co-operate with each other in the conservation and
management of living resources in the areas of the high seas. States whose
nationals exploit identical living resources, or different living resources in
the same area, shall enter into negotiations with a view to talcing the
measures necessary for the conservation of the living resources concerned*
They shall, as appropriate, co-operate to establish subregional or regional
fisheries organisations to this end.
Article 119
Conservation of the living resources of the high seas
1. In determining the allowable catch and establishing other
conservation measures for the living resources in the high seas. States shallt
(a) take measures which are designed, on the best scientific evidence
available to the States concerned, to maintain or restore
populations of harvested species at levels which can produce the
maximum sustainable yield, as qualified by relevant environmental
and economic factors, including the special requirements of
developing states, and taking into account fishing patterns, the
interdependence of stocks and any generally recommended
international minimum standards, whether subregional, regional
or globalf
- 48 -
PART VIII
REGIME OF ISLANDS
Article 121
Regime of islands
1. An island is a naturally.formed area of land, surrounded by water,
which is above water at high tide.
2. Except as provided for in paragraph 3, the territorial sea, the
contiguous zone, the exclusive economic zone and the continental shelf of an
island are determined in accordance with the provisions of this Convention
applicable to other land territory.
3. Rocks which cannot sustain human habitation or economic life of
their own shall have no exclusive economic zone or continental shelf.
PART IX
ENCLOSED OR. SEMI-ENCLOSED SEAS
Article 122
Definition
Article 123
Co-operation of States bordering enclosed
or semi-enclosed seas
States bordering an enclosed or semi-enclosed sea should co-operate with
each other in the exercise of their rights and in the performance of their
duties under this Convention. To this end they shall endeavour, directly or
an appropriate regional organizations
PART X
RIGHT OF ACCESS OF LAND-LOCKED STATES TO
AND FROM THE SEA AND FREEDOM OF TRANSIT
Article 124
Use of terms
Article 129
Co-operation in the construction and improvement of means of
transport
Where there are no means of transport in transit States to give effect
to the freedom of transit or where the existing means, including the port
installations and equipment, are inadequate in any respect, the transit States
and land-locked States concerned may co-operate in constructing or improving
them.
Article 130
Measures to avoid or eliminate delays or other difficulties
of a technical nature in traffic in transit
1. Transit States shall take all appropriate measures to avoid delays
or other difficulties of a technical nature in traffic in transit.
2. Should such delays or difficulties occur, the competent authorities
of the transit States and land-locked States concerned shall co-operate
towards their expeditious elimination.
Article 131
Equal treatment in maritime ports
Ships flying the flag of land-locked States shall enjoy treatment equal
to that accorded to other foreign ships in maritime ports.
Article 132
Grant of greater transit facilities
This Convention does not entail in any way the withdrawal of transit
facilities which are greater than those provided for in this Convention and
which are agreed between States Parties to this Convention or granted by a
State Party. This Convention also does not preclude such grant of greater
facilities in the future.
PART XI
THE AREA
Article 133
Use of terms
Article 134
Scope of this Part
1. This Part applies to the Area.
2. Activities in the Area shall be governed by the provisions of
this Part.
Article 136
Common heritage of mankind
The Area and its resources are the common heritage of mankind.
Article 137
Legal status of the Area and its resources
Article 138
General conduct of States in relation to the Area
The general conduct of States in relation to the Area shall be in
accordance With the provisions of this Part, the principles embodied in the
Charter.of the united Nations and other rules of international law in the
interests of maintaining peace and security and promoting international
co-operation and mutual understanding.
Article 139
Responsibility to ensure compliance and liability for damage
1. States Parties shall have the responsibility to ensure that
activities in the Area, whether carried out by states Parties, or state
enterprises or natural or juridical persons which possess the nationality of
States Parties or are effectively controlled by them or their nationals, shall
be carried out in conformity with this Part. The same responsibility applies
to international organisations for activities in the Area carried out by such
organisations.
2. without prejudice to the rules of international law and Annex III,
article 22, damage caused by the failure of a State Party or international
organisation to carry out its responsibilities under this Part shall entail
liability} States Parties or international organisations acting together
hall bear joint and several liability. A State Party shall not however be
liable for damage caused by any failure to comply with this Part by a person
whom it has sponsored under article 153, paragraph 2(b), if the State Party
has taken all necessary and appropriate measures to secure effective
compliance under article 153, paragraph 4, and Annex III, article 4,
paragraph 4.
3. States Parties that are members of international organizations shall
take appropriate measures to ensure the implementation of this article with
respect to such organizations.
Article 140
Benefit of mankind
1. Activities in the Area shall, as specifically provided for in this
Part, be carried out for the benefit of mankind as a whole, irrespective of
the geographical location of States, whether coastal or land-locked, and
taking into particular consideration the interests and needs of developing
States and of peoples who have not attained full independence or other
elf-governing status recognized by the United Htions in accordance with
General Assembly resolution 1514 (XV) and other relevant General Assembly
resolutions.
J2. The Authority shall provide for the equitable sharing of financial
and other economic benefits derived from activities in the Area through any
appropriate mechanism, on a non-discriminatory basis, in accordance with
article 160, paragraph 2(f)(i).
- 54 -
Article 141
Dse of the Area exclusively for peaceful purposes
The Area shall be open to use exclusively for peaceful purposes by all
States/ whether coastal or land-locked, without discrimination and without
prejudice to the other provisions of this Part.
Article 142
Rights and legitimate interests of coastal States
1. Activities in the Area, with respect to resource deposits in the
Area which lie across limits of national jurisdiction, shall be conducted with
due regard to the rights and legitimate interests of any coastal state across
whose jurisdiction such deposits lie.
(a) the prevention, reduction and control of pollution and other, hasarde
to the marine environment, including the coastline, and of
interference with the ecological balance of the marine environment,
particular attention being paid to the need for protection from
harmful effects of such activities as drilling, dredging,
excavation, disposai of waste, construction and operation or
maintenance of installations, pipelines and other devices related
to such activitiesi
(b) the protection and conservation of the natural resources of the Area
and the prevention of damage to the flora and fauna of the marin
environment.
Article 146
Protection of human life
With respect to activities in the Area, necessary measures shall be
taken to ensure effective protection of human life. To this end the Authority
shall adopt appropriate rules, regulations and procedures to supplement
emisting international law as embodied in relevant treaties.
Article 147
Accommodation of activities in the Area and in the marine
environment
1* Activities in the Area shall be carried out with reasonable regard
for other activities in the marine environment.
2* Installations used for carrying out activities in the Area shall be
subject to the following conditions
(a) such installations shall be erected, emplaced and removed solely ia
accordance with this Part and subject to the rules, regulations and
procedures of the Authority. Due notice must be given of the
erection, emplacement and removal of such installations, and
permanent means for giving warning of their presence must
be maintainedi
(b) such installations may not be established where interference may be
caused to the use of recognised sea lanes essential to international
navigation or in areas of intense fishing activityi
(o) safety sones shall be established around such installations with
appropriate markings to ensure the safety of both navigation and the
installations. The configuration and location of such safety sones
st^all not be such as to form a belt impeding the lawful access of
shipping to particular maritime sones or navigation along
international sea lanes
(d) such installations shall be used exclusively for peaceful purposes!
(e) such installations do not possess the status of islands. They have
no territorial sea of their own, and their presence does not affect
the delimitation of the territorial sea, the exclusive economic
son or the continental shelf.
- 57 -
Article 150
Policies relating to activities in the Area
Activities in the Area shall, as specifically provided for in this Part,
be carried out in such a manner as to foster healthy development of the world
economy and balanced growth of international trade, and to promote
international co-operation for the over-all development of all countries,
specially developing States, and with a view to ensuring
(a) the development of the resources of th Area
(b) orderly, safe and rational management of the resources of the Area,
including the efficient conduct of activities in the Area and, in
accordance with sound principles of conservation, the avoidance
of unnecessary waste
(c) the, expansion of opportunities for participation in such activities
consistent in particular with articles 144 and 148
(ii) sixty per cent of the difference between the trend line value
for nickel consumption, as calculated pursuant to
subparagraph (b), for the year for which the production
authorisation is being applied for and the year immediately
prior to the year of the earliest crameccial production*
(b) lor the purposes of subparagraph ()
(i) trend line values used for computing the nickel production
ceiling shall be those annual nickel consumption values
on a trend line computed during the year in Which a
production authorization is issued. The trend line shall
be derived from a linear regression of the logarithms of
actual nickel consumption for the most recent 15-year period
for which such data are available, time being the independent
variable. This trend line shall be referred to as the original
trend line
(ii) if the annual rate of increase of the original trend line is
less than 3 per cent, then the trend line used to determine
the quantities referred to in subparagraph (a) shall instead be
one passing through the original trend line at the value for
the first year of the relevant 15-year period, and increasing
at 3 per cent annuallyi provided however that the production
ceiling established for any year of the interim period may not
in any case exceed the difference between the original trend
line value for that year and the original trend line value foe
the year immediately prior to the commencement of the interim
period.
5. The Authority shall reserve to the Enterprise for Its initial
production a quantity of 38,000 metric tonnes of nickel from the available
production ceiling calculated pursuant to paragraph 4.
6. (a) An operator may in any year produce less than or up to 8 per
cent more than the level of annual production of minerals from
polymetallic nodules specified in his production authorisation,
provided that the over-all amount of production shall not exceed
that specified in the authorization. Any excess over 8 per cent
and up to 20 per cent in any year, or any excess in the first and
subsequent years following two consecutive years in which excesses
occur, shall be negotiated with the Authority, which may require
the operator to obtain a supplementary production authorisation to
cover additional production.
(b) Applications for such supplementary production authorisations
shall be considered by the Authority only after all pending
applications by operators who have not yet received production
authorizations have been acted upon and due account has been taken
of other likely applicants. The Authority shall be guided by the
principle of not exceeding the total production allowed under the
production ceiling in any year of the interim period* It shall not
authorize the production under any plan of work of a quantity in
excess of 46,500 metric tonnes of nickel per year.
- 61 -
10. Opon the recommendation of the Council on the basis of advice from
the Economic Planning Gomis s ion, the Assembly shall establish a system of
compensation or take other measures of economic adjustment assistance
including co-operation with specialized agencies and other international
organizations to assist developing countries which suffer serious adverse
effect* on their export earnings or economies resulting from a reduction in
the price of an affected mineral or in the volume of exports of that mineral,
to the extent that such reduction is caused by activities in the Area. The
Authority on request shall initiate studies on the problems of those States
which are likely to be most seriously affected with a view to minimizing their
difficulties and assisting them in their economic adjustment.
Article 152
Exercise of powers and functions by the Authority
1. The Authority shall avoid discrimination in ther exercise of its
powers and functions, including the granting of opportunities for activities
in the Area.
2. Nevertheless, special consideration for developing States, including
particular consideration for the land-locked and geographically disadvantaged
among them, specifically provided for in this Part shall be permitted.
Article 153
System of exploration and exploitation
1. Activities in the Area shall be organized, carried out and
control-lea by the Authority on behalf of mankind as a whole in accordance with
this article as well as other relevant provisions of this Part and the
relevant Annexes, and the rules, regulations and procedures of the Authority*
2. Activities in the Area shall be carried out as prescribed in
paragraph 3s
- 62 -
(a) whether the provisions of this Part which govern the system of
exploration and exploitation of the resources of the Area have
achieved their aims in all respects, including whether they have
benefited mankind as a whole)
(b) whether, during the 15-year period, reserved areas have been
exploited in an effective and balanced manner in comparison with
non-reserved areas9
(c) whether the development and use of the Area and its resources have
been undertaken in such a manner as to foster healthy development of
the world economy and balanced growth of international trade
(d) whether monopolization of activities in the Area has been prevented!
(e) whether the policies set forth in articles 150 and 151 have been
fulfilled and
(f) whether the system has resulted in the equitable sharing of
benefits derived from activities in the Area, taking into
particular consideration the interests and needs of the developing
States.
2. The Review Conference shall ensure the maintenance of the principle
of the common heritage of mankind, the international rgime designed to ensure
equitable exploitation of the resources of the Area for the benefit of all
countries, especially the developing States, and an Authority to organise,
conduct and control activities in the Area. It shall also ensure the
maintenance of the principles laid down in this Part with regard to the
exclusion of claims or exercise of sovereignty over any part of the Area, the
rights of states and their general conduct in relation to the Area, and their
participation in activities in the Area in conformity with this Convention,
the prevention of monopolisation of activities in the Area, the use of the
Area exclusively for peaceful purposes, economic aspects of activities in the
Area, marine scientific research, transfer of technology, protection of the
marine environment, protection of human life, rights of coastal States, the
legal statue of the waters superjacent to the Area and that of the air space
above those waters and accommodation between activities in the Area and other
activities in the marine environment.
3. The decision-making procedure applicable at the Review Conference
shall be the same as that applicable at the Third united Nations Conference on
the Law of the Sea. The Conference shall make every effort to reach agreement
on any amendments by way of consensus and there should be no voting on such
matters until all efforts at achieving consensus have been exhausted.
4* If, five years after its commencement, the Review Conference has not
reached agreement on the system of exploration and exploitation of the
resources" of the Area, it may decide during the ensuing 12 months, by a
three-fourths majority of the States Parties, to adopt and submit to the
States Parties for ratification or accession such amendments changing or
modifying the system as it determines necessary and appropriate. Such
amendments shall enter into force for all States Parties 12 months after the
deposit of instruments of ratification or accession by three fourths of the
States Parties.
- 64 -
Article 156
Establishment of the Authority
1. There is hereby established the International Sea-Bed Authority,
which shall function in accordance with this Part.
2. All States Parties are ipso facto members of the Authority.
3. Observers at the Third United Nations Conference on the Law of the
Sea who have signed the Final Act and who are not referred to in article 305,
paragraph l(c), (d), (e) or (f), shall have the right to participate in the
Authority as observers in accordance with its rules, regulations and
procedures.
4. The seat of the Authority shall be in Jamaica.
5. The Authority may establish such regional centres or offices as it
deems necessary for the exercise of its functions.
Article 157
Nature and fundamental principles of the Authority
1. The Authority is the organization through which States Parties
shall, in accordance with this Part, organize and control activities in the
Area, particularly with view to administering the resources of the Area*
2. The powers and functions of the Authority shall be those expressly
conferred upon it by this Convention. The Authority shall have such
incidental powers, consistent with this Convention, as are implicit in and
necessary for the exercise of those powers and functions with respect to
activities in the Area.
3. The Authority is based on the principle of the sovereign equality of
all its members.
Article 159
Composition, procedure and voting
Article 161
Composition, procedure and voting
1. The Council shall consist of 36 members of the Authority elected by
the Assembly in the following orders
- 68 -
(a) four members from among those States Parties which, during the last
five years for which statistics are available, have either consumed
more than 2 per cent of total world consumption or have had net
imports of more than 2 per cent of total world imports of the
commodities produced from the categories of minerals to be derived
from the Area, and in any case one State from the Eastern European.
(Socialist) region, as well as the largest consumer>
(b) four members from among the eight States Parties which have the
largest investments in preparation for and in the conduct of
activities in the Area, either directly or through their nationals,
including at least one State from the Eastern European (Socialist)
region
(c) four members from among States Parties which on the basis of
production in areas under their jurisdiction are major net
exporters of the categories of minerals to be derived from the
Area, including at least two developing States whose exports of
such minerals have a substantial bearing upon their economies
(v) notify the Assembly upon a decision by the Sea-Bed Disputes Chamber
in proceedings instituted under subparagraph (u), and make any
recommendations which it may find appropriate with respect to
measures to be taken
- 73 -
(w) issue emergency orders, which may include orders for the suspension
or adjustment of operations, to prevent serious harm to the marine
environment arising out of activities in the Area
(x) disapprove areas for exploitation by contractors or the Enterprise
in cases where substantial evidence indicates the risk of serious
harm to the marine environment|
(y) establish a subsidiary organ for the elaboration of draft financial
rules, regulations and procedures relating tot
(i) financial management in accordance with articles 171
to 175) and
(ii) financial arrangements in accordance with Annex III, article 13
and article 17 , paragraph 1(c)
(z) establish appropriate mechanisms for directing and supervising a
staff of inspectors who shall inspect activities in the Area to
determine whether this Part, the rules, regulations and procedures
of the Authority, and the terms and conditions of any contract with
the Authority are being complied with.
Article 163
Organs of the Council
1. There are hereby established the following organs of the Councili
(a) an Economic Planning Commission}
(b) a Legal and Technical Commission.
2. Each Commission shall be composed of 15 members, elected by the
Council from among the candidates nominated by the States Parties. However,
if necessary, the Council may decide to increase the size of either Commission
having due regard to economy and efficiency.
3. Members of a Commission shall have appropriate qualifications in the
area of competence of that Commission. States Parties shall nominate
candidates of the highest standards of competence and integrity with
qualifications in relevant fields so as to ensure the effective exercise of
the functions of the Commissions.
4. In the election of members of the Commissions, due account shall be
taken of the need for equitable geographical distribution and the
representation of special interests.
5. Mo State Party may nominate more than one candidate for the same
Commission. No person shall be elected to serve on more than one Commission. :
(b) review the trends of and the factors affecting supply, demand and
prices of Minerals which may be derived from the Area, bearing in
mind the interests of both importing and exporting countries, and
in particular of the developing States among themi
(c) supervise, upon the request of the Council, activities in the Area,
where appropriate, in consultation and collaboration with any
entity carrying out such activities or State or States concerned
and report to the Council)
(d) prepare assessments of the environmental implications of activities
in the Area)
(e) make recommendations to the Council on the protection of the marine
environment, taking into account the views of recognized experts in
that field)
(f) formulate and submit to the Council the rules, regulations and
procedures referred to in article 162, paragraph 2(o), taking into
account all relevant factors including assessments of the
environmental implications of activities in the Area
- 76 -
(g) keep such rules, regulations and procedures under review and
recommend to the Council from time to time such amendments thereto
as it may deem necessary or desirable
(h) make recommendations to the Council regarding the establishment of
a monitoring programme to observe, measure, evaluate and analyse,
by recognized scientific methods, on a regular basis, the risks or
effects of pollution of the marine environment resulting from
activities in the Area, ensure that existing regulations are
adequate and are complied with and co-ordinate the implementation
of the monitoring programme approved by the Council!
(i) recommend to the Council that proceedings be instituted on behalf
of the Authority before the Sea-Bed Disputes Chamber, in accordance
with this Part and the relevant Annexes taking into account
particularly article 187i
(j) make recommendations to the Council with respect to measures to be
taken, upon a decision by the Sea-Bed Disputes Chamber in
proceedings instituted in accordance with subparagraph (i)f
(k) make recommendations to the Council to issue emergency orders,
which may include orders for the suspension or adjustment of
operations, to prevent serious harm to the marine environment
arising out of activities in the Area. Such recommendations shall
be taken up by the Council on a priority basis
(1) make recommendations to the Council to disapprove areas for
exploitation by contractors or the Enterprise in cases where
substantial evidence indicates the risk of serious harm to the
marine environmenti
(ra) make recommendations to the Council regarding the direction and
supervision of a staff of inspectors who shall inspect activities
in'the Area to determine whether the provisions of this Part, the
rules, regulations and procedures of the Authority, and the terms
and conditions of any contract with the Authority are being
complied with)
(n) calculate the production ceiling and issue production
authorizations on behalf of the Authority pursuant to article 151,
paragraphs 2 to 7, following any necessary selection among
applicants for production authorizations by the Council in
accordance with Annex III, article 7.
3. The members of the Commission shall, upon request by any State Party
or other party concerned, be accompanied by a representative of such State or
other party concerned when carrying out their function of supervision and
inspection.
- 77 -
Article 166
The Secretariat
1. The Secretariat of the Authority shall comprise a Secretary-General
and such staff as the Authority may require.
2. The Secretary-General shall be elected for four years by the
Assembly from among the candidates proposed by the Council and may be
re-elected.
3. The Secretary-General shall be the chief administrative officer of
the Authority, and shall act in that capacity in all meetings of the Assembly*
of the Council and of any subsidiary organ, and shall perform such other
administrative functions as are entrusted to the Secretary-General by these
organs.
4. The Secretary-General shall make an annual report to the Assembly on
the work of the Authority.
Article 167
The staff of the Authority
1. The staff of the Authority shall consist of such qualified
scientific ana technical and other personnel as may be required to fulfil the
administrative functions of the Authority.
2. The paramount consideration in the recruitment and employment of the
staff and in the determination of their conditions of service shall be the
necessity of securing the highest standards of efficiency competence and
integrity. Subject to this consideration, due regard shall be paid to the
importance of recruiting the staff on as wide a geographical basis as possible*
3. The staff shall be appointed by the Secretary-General. The terms
and conditions on which they shall be appointed, remunerated and dismissed
shall be in accordance with the rules, regulations and procedures of the
Authority.
Article 168
International character of the Secretariat
1. In the performance of their duties the Secretary-General and the
staff shall not seek or receive instructions from any government or from any
other source external to the Authority. They shall refrain from any action
which might reflect on their position as international officials responsible
only to the Authority. Bach state Party undertakes to respect the exclusively
international character of the responsibilities of the Secretary-General and
the staff and not to seek to influence them in the discharge of their
responsibilities. Any violation of responsibilities by a staff member shall
be submitted to the appropriate administrative tribunal as provided in the
rules, regulations and procedures of the Authority.
- 78 -
Article 169
Consultation and co-operation with international and
non-governmental organizations
1. The Secretary-General shall, on matters within the competence of the
Authority, make suitable arrangements, with the approval of the Council, for
consultation and co-operation with international and non-governmental
organizations recognized by the Economic and Social Council of the united
Mations.
2. Any organization with which the Secretary-General has entered into
an arrangement under paragraph 1 may designate representatives to attend
meetings of the organs of the Authority as observers in accordance with the
rules of procedure of these organs. Procedures shall be established for
obtaining the views of such organizations in appropriate cases.
3. The Secretary-General may distribute to States Parties written
reports submitted by the non-governmental organizations referred to in
paragraph 1 on subjects in which they have special competence and which are
related to the work of the Authority.
Article 170
The Enterprise
1. The Enterprise shall be the organ of the Authority which shall carry
out activities in the Area directly, pursuant to article 153, paragraph 2(a),
as well as the transporting, processing and marketing of minerals recovered
from the Area.
- 79 -
Article 171
Funds of the Authority
Article 173
Expenses of the Authority
1. The contributions referred to in article 171, subparagraph (a),
shall be paid into a special account to meet the administrative expenses of
the Authority until the Authority has sufficient funds froa other sources to
it those expenses.
2. The administrative expenses of the Authority shall be a first call
upon the funds of the Authority. Except for the assessed contributions
referred to in article 171, subparagraph (a), the funds which remain after
payment of administrative expenses may, inter alia
(a) be shared in accordance with article 140 and article 160,
paragraph 2(g}>
Article 176
Legal status
The Authority shall have international legal personality and such legal
capacity as may be necessary for the exercise of its functions and the
fulfilment of its purposes.
- 81 -
Article 177
Privileges and immunities
To enable the Authority to exercise its functions, it shall enjoy in the
territory of each State Party the privileges and immunities set forth in this
subsection. Ihe privileges and immunities relating to the Enterprise shall be
those set forth in Annex IV, article 13.
Article 178
Immunity from legal process
The Authority/ its property and assets, shall enjoy immunity from legal
process except to the extent that the Authority expressly waives this immunity
in a particular case.
Article 179
Immunity from search and any form of seizure
The property and assets of the Authority, wherever located and by
whomsoever held, shall be immune from search, requisition, confiscation,
expropriation or any other form of seizure by executive or legislative action*
Article 180
Exemption from restrictions, regulations
controls and moratoria
The property and assets of the Authority shall be exempt from
restrictions, regulations, controls and moratoria of any nature.
Article 181
Archives and official communications of the Authority
1. The archives of the Authority, wherever located, shall be inviolable.
2. Proprietary data, industrial secrets or similar information and
personnel records shall not be placed in archives which are open to public
inspection.
3. With regard to its official communications, the Authority shall be
accorded by each State Party treatment no less favourable than that accorded
by that State to other international organizations.
Article 182
Privileges and immunities of certain persons connected
with the Authority
Representatives of States Parties attending meetings of the Assembly,
the Council or organs of the Assembly or the Council, and the
Secretary-General and staff of the Authority, shall enjoy in the territory of
each State Party
(a) immunity from legal process with respect to acts performed by them
in the exercise of their functions, except to the extent that the
State which they represent or the Authority, as appropriate,
expressly waives this immunity in a particular case*
- 82 -
(b) if they are not nationals of that State Party the sane exemptions
from inmigration restrictions, alien registration requireaente and
national service obligations the same facilities as regards
exchange restrictions and the sane treatment in respect of
travelling facilities as are accorded by that State to the
representatives, officials and employees of comparable rank of
other States Parties.
Article 183
Exemption from taxes and customs duties
1. Within the scope of its official activities, the Authority, its
assets and property, its income, and its operations and transactions,
authorized by this Convention, shall be exempt from all direct taxation and
goods imported or exported for its official use shall be exempt from all
customs duties* The Authority shall not claim exemption from taxes which are
no more than charges for services rendered.
2. When purchases of goods or services of substantial value necessary
for the official activities of the Authority are made by or on behalf of the
Authority, and when the price of such goods or services includes taxes or
duties, appropriate measures shall, to the extent practicable, be taken by
States Parties to grant exemption from such taxes or duties or provide for
their reimbursement. Goods imported or purchased under an exemption provided
for in this article shall not be sold or otherwise disposed of in the
territory of the State Party which granted the exemption, except under
conditions agreed with that State Party.
3. No tax shall be levied by States Parties on or in respect of
salaries and emoluments paid or any other form of payment made by the
Authority to the Secretary-General and staff of the Authority, as well as
experts performing missions for the Authority, who are not their nationals.
Article 184
Suspension of the exercise of voting rights
A State Party which is in arrears in the payment of its financial
contributions to the Authority shall have no vote if the amount of its arrears
equals or exceeds the amount of the contributions due from it for the
preceding two full years. The Assembly may, nevertheless, permit such a
member to vote if it is satisfied that the failure to pay is due to conditions
beyond the control of the member.
Article 185
Suspension of exercise of rights
and privileges of membership
1. A State Party which has grossly and persistently violated the
provisions of this Part may be suspended from the exercise of the rights and
privileges of membership by the Assembly upon the recommendation of the
Council.
- 83 -
Article 186
Sea-Bed Disputes Chamber of the
International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea
The establishment of the Sea-Bed Disputes Chamber and the manner in
which it shall exercise its jurisdiction shall be governed by the provisions
of this section, of Part XV and of Annex VI.
Article 187
Jurisdiction of the Sea-Bed Disputes Chamber
The Sea-Bed Disputes Chamber shall have jurisdiction under this Part and
the Annexes relating thereto in disputes with respect to activities in the
Area falling within the following categories!
(a) disputes between States Parties concerning the interpretation or
application of this Part and the Annexes relating thereto
(b) disputes between a State Party and the Authority concerning*
Article 189
Limitation on jurisdiction with regard to decisions of the Authority
The Sea-Bed Disputes Chamber shall have no jurisdiction with regard to
the exercise by the Authority of its discretionary powers in accordance with
this Parti in no case shall it substitute its discretion for that of the
Authority. Without prejudice to article 191, in exercising its jurisdiction
pursuant to article 187, the Sea-Bed Disputes Chamber shall not pronounce
itself on the question of whether any rules, regulations and procedures of the
Authority are in conformity with this Convention, nor declare invalid any such
rules, regulations and procedures. Its jurisdiction in this regard shall be
confined to deciding claims that the application of any rules, regulations and
procedures of the Authority in individual cases would be in conflict with the
contractual obligations of the parties to the dispute or their obligations
under this Convention, claims concerning excess of jurisdiction or misuse of
power, and to claims for damages to be paid or other remedy to be given to the
party concerned for the failure of the other party to comply with its
contractual obligations or its obligations under this Convention.
Article 190
Participation and appearance of sponsoring States Parties in proceedings
1. If a natural or juridical person is a party to a dispute referred to
in article 187, the sponsoring State shall be given notice thereof and shall
have the right to participate in the proceedings by submitting written or oral
statements.
2. If an action is brought against a State Party by a natural or
juridical person sponsored by another State Party in a dispute referred to in
article 187, subparagraph (c), the respondent State may request the State
sponsoring that person to appear in the proceedings on behalf of that person.
Failing such appearance, the respondent State may arrange to be represented by
a juridical person of its nationality.
Article 191
Advisory opinions
The Sea-Bed Disputes Chamber shall give advisory opinions at the request
of the Assembly or the Council on legal questions arising within the scope of
their activities. Such opinions shall be given as a matter of urgency.
PART XII
Article 192
General obligation
Article 193
Sovereign right of States to exploit their natural resource*
States have the sovereign eight to exploit their natural resources
pureuant to their environmental policies and in accordance with their duty to
protect and preserve the marine environment.
Article 154
Measures to prevent, reduce and control pollution of the
marine environment
1. States shall take individually or jointly as appropriate, all
asures consistent with this Convention that are neeeeeary to prevent reduce
and control pollution of the marine environment from any source, using for
this purpose the best practicable means at their disposal and in accordance
with their capabilities and they shall endeavour to tarmonise their policies
in this connection*
2. States shall take all measures necessary to ensure that activities
under their jurisdiction or control are so conducted, as not to cause damage by
pollution to other states and their environment, and that pollution arising
from incidents' or activities under their jurisdiction or control does not
spread beyond the areas where they exercise sovereign rights in accordance
with this Convention.
3. The measures taken pursuant to this Part shall deal with all sources
of pollution of the marine environment. 2hese measures shall include inter
alia, those designed to minimize to the fullest possible extent!
(a) the release of toxic harmful or noxious substances, especially
those which are persistent from land-based sources from or
through the atmosphere or by dumpingi
<b) pollution from vessels, in particular measures for preventing
accidents and dealing with emergencies ensuring the safety of
operations at sea, preventing intentional and unintentional
discharges, and regulating the design, construction, equipment,
operation and manning of vessels|
(c) pollution from installations and devices used in exploration or
exploitation of the natural resources of the sea-bed and subsoil,
in particular measures for preventing accidents and dealing with
emergencies, ensuring the safety of operations at sea, and
regulating the design, construction, equipment, operation and
manning of such installations or devices*
(d) pollution from other installations and devices operating in the
marine environment, in particular measures for preventing accidents
and dealing with emergencies, ensuring the safety of operations at
sea, and regulating the design, construction, equipment, operation
and manning of such installations or devices.
- 87 -
Article 195
Duty not to transfer damage or hasards or transform one type
of pollution into another
In taking measures to prevent, reduce and control pollution of the
marine environment, States shall act so as not to transfer, directly or
indirectly, damage or hasards from one area to another or transform one type
of pollution into another.
Article 196
Ose of technologies or introduction of alien or new species
1. States shall take all measures necessary to prevent, reduce and
control pollution of the marine environment resulting from the use of
technologies under their jurisdiction or control, or the intentional or
accidental introduction of species, alien or new, to a particular part of the
marine environment, which may cause significant and harmful changes thereto.
2. fills article does not affect the application of this Convention
regarding the prevention, reduction and control of pollution of the marine
environment.
Article 197
Co-operation on a global or regional basis
States shall co-operate on a global basis and, as appropriate, on a
regional basis, directly or through competent international organisations, in
formulating 'and elaborating international rules, standards and recommended
practices and procedures consistent with this Convention, for the protection
and preservation of the marine environment, taking into account characteristic
regional features.
Article 198
Notification of imminent or actual damage
When a State becomes aware of cases in which the marine environment is
in imminent danger of being damaged or has been damaged by pollution, it shall
immediately notify other States it deems likely to be affected by such damage,
as well as the competent international organizations.
- 88 -
Article 199
Contingency plans against pollution
In the csea referred to in article 198* States in the area affected in
accordance with their capabilities, and the competent international
organisations shall co-operate to the extent possible , in eliminating the
effects of pollution and preventing or minimising the damage, to this end.
States shall jointly develop and promote contingency plans for responding to
pollution incidents in the marine environment.
Article 200
Studies, research programmes and exchange of
information and data
Statee shall co-operate, directly or through competent international
organisations, for the purpose of promoting studies, undertaking programmes of
scientific research and encouraging the exchange of information and data
acquired about pollution of the marine environment. They shall endeavour to
participate actively in regional and global programmes to acquire knowledge
for the assessment of the nature and extent of pollution, exposure to it, and
its pathways, risks and remedies.
Article 201
Scientific criteria for regulations
In the light of the information and data acquired pursuant to article
200, States shall co-operate, directly or through competent international
organisations, in establishing appropriate scientific criteria for the
formulation and elaboration of rules, standards and recommended practices and
procedures for the prevention, reduction and control of pollution of the
marine environment.
Article 202
Scientific and technical assistance to developing States
States shall, directly or through, competent international organisations!
(a) promote programmes of scientific, educational, technical and other
assistance to developing Statee for the protection and preservation
of the marine environment and the prevention, reduction and control
of marine pollution. Such assistance shall include, inter lit
(i) training of their scientific and technical personnel}
(ii) facilitating their participation in relevant international
programmes
(iii) supplying them with necessary equipment and facilities
(iv) enhancing their capacity to manufacture such equipment
- 89 -
Article 204
Monitoring of the risks or effects of pollution
1. States shall, consistent with the rights of other States, endeavour,
as far as practicable, directly or through the competent international
organisations, to observe, measure, evaluate and analyse, by recognised
scientific methods, the risks or effects of pollution of the marine
' ^ ^ a
lav
Article 207
Pollution fro land-based source
Article 208
Pollution from sea-bed activities subject to
national jurisdiction
1 Coastal States shall adopt laws and regulations to prevent, reduce
and control pollution of the marine environment arising from or in connection
with sea-bed activities subject to their jurisdiction and from artificial
islands, installations and structures under their jurisdiction, pursuant to
articles 60 and 80.
2. States shall take other measures as may be necessary to prevent,
reduce and control such pollution.
3. Such laws, regulations and measures shall be no less effective than
international rules, standards and recommended practices and procedures.
4. States shall endeavour to harmonize their policies in this
connection at the appropriate regional level.
- 91 -
Article 211
Pollution from vessels
1. States, acting through the competent international organication or
general diplomatic conference shall establish international rules and
standard* to prevent, reduce and control pollution of the marine environment
from vessels and promote the adoption, in the same manner , wherever
appropriate, of routeing systems designed to minimise the threat of accidents
which might cause pollution of the marine environment, including the
coastline, and pollution damage to the related interests of coastal States*
Such rules and standards shall, in the same manner, be re-examined from time
to time as necessary.
2. States shall adopt laws and regulations for the prevention,
reduction and control of pollution of the marine environnent fro vessels
flying their flag or of their registry. Such laws and regulations shall at
least have the same effect as that of generally accepted international rules
and standards established through the competent international organisation or
general diplomatic conference.
3. States which establish particular requirements for the prevention,
reduction and control of pollution of the marine environment as a condition
for the entry of foreign vessels into their ports or internal waters or for a
call at their off-shore terminals shall give due publicity to such
requirements and shall communicate them to the competent international
organisation. Whenever such requirements are established in identical form by
two or more coastal States in an endeavour to harmonize policy, the.
communication shall indicate which States are participating in such
co-operative arrangements. Every State shall require the master of a vessel
flying its flag or of its registry, when navigating within the territorial sea
of a State .participating in such co-operative arrangements, to furnish, upon
the request of that State, information as to whether it is proceeding to a
State of the same region participating in such co-operative arrangements and,
if so, to indicate whether it complies with the port entry requirements of
that State. This article is without prejudice to the continued exercise by a
vessel of its right of innocent passage or to the application of article 25,
paragraph 2.
4. Coastal States may, in the exercise of their sovereignty within
their territorial sea, adopt laws and regulations for the prevention,
reduction and control of marine pollution from foreign vessels, including
vessels exercising the right of innocent passage. Such laws and regulations
shall, in accordance with Part II, section 3, not hamper innocent passage of
foreign vessels.
5. Coastal States, for the purpose of enforcement as provided for in
section 6, may in respect of their exclusive economic sones adopt laws and
regulations for the prevention, reduction and control of pollution from
vessels conforming to and giving effect to generally accepted international
rules and standards established through the competent international
organisation or general diplomatic conference.
- 93 -
8BCTXON .
Article 213
Enforcement with respect to pollution fro land-baaed sources
State shall enforce their lavs and regulations adopted in accordance
with article 207 and shall adopt laws and regulations and take other Measures
necessary to implement affuioable international rules and standards
established through competent international organisations or diplomatic
conference to prevent, reduce and control pollution of the marine environment
from land-based sources.
Article 214
Bnforcement with respect to pollution from
sea-bed activities
States shall enforce their laws and regulations adopted in accordance
with article 208 and shall adopt laws and regulations and take other measures
necessary to implement applicable international rules and standards
established through competent international organisations or diplomatic
conference to prevent, reduce and control pollution of the marine environment
arising from or in connection with sea-bed activities subject to their
jurisdiction and from artificial islands, installations and structures under
their jurisdiction, pursuant to articles 60 and 80.
Article 215
Inforcement with respect to pollution from activities in the Area
Bnforcement of international rules, regulations and procedures
established in accordance with Part XI to prevent, reduce and control
pollution of the marine environment from activities in the Area shall be
governed by that Part.
Article 216
Bnforcement with respect to pollution by dumping
1. Laws and regulations adopted in accordance with this Convention and
applicable international rules and standards established through competent
international organisations or diplomatic conference for the prevention,
reduction and control of pollution of the marine environment by dumping shall
be enforced!
(a) by the coastal State with regard to dumping within its territorial
sea or its exclusive economic son or onto its continental shelf f
- 95 -
(b) by the flag State with regard to vessels flying its flag or vessels
or aircraft of its registry
(c) by any State with regard to acts of loading of wastes or other
atter occurring Within its territory or at its off-shore terminals.
2. No State shall be obliged by virtue of this article to institute
proceedings when another State has already instituted proceedings in
accordance with this article.
Article 217
Enforcement by flag States
1. States shall ensure compliance by vessels flying their flag or of
their registry with applicable international rules and standards, established
through the competent international organisation or general diplomatic
conference, and with their laws and regulations adopted in accordance with
this Convention for the prevention, reduction and control of pollution of the
marine environment from vessels and shall accordingly adopt laws and
regulations and take other measures necessary for their implementation. Flag
States shall provide for the effective enforcement of such rules, standards,
laws and regulations, irrespective of where a violation occurs.
2. States shall, in particular, take appropriate measures in 'order to
ensure that vessels flying their flag or of their registry are prohibited from
sailing, until they can proceed to sea in compliance with the requirements of
the international rules and standards referred to in paragraph 1, including
requirements in respect of design, construction, equipment and manning of
vessels.
3. States, shall ensure that vessels flying their flag or of their
registry carry on board certificates required by and issued pursuant to
international rules and standares referred to in paragraph 1. states shall
ensure that vessels flying their flag are periodically inspected in order to
verify that such certificates are in conformity with the actual condition of
the vessels. These certificates shall be accepted by other States as evidence
of the condition of the vessels and shall be regarded as having the same force
as certificates issued by them, unless there are clear grounds for believing
that the condition of the vessel does not correspond substantially with the
particulars of the certificates.
4. If a vessel commits a violation of rules and standards established
through the competent international organisation or general diplomatic
conference, the flag" State, without prejudice to articles 218, 220 and 228,
shall provide for immediate investigation and where appropriate institute
proceedings in respect of the alleged violation irrespective of where the
violation occurred or where the pollution caused by such violation has
occurred or has been spotted.
- 96 -
3. Where there are clear grounds for believing that a vessel navigating
in the exclusive economic zone or the territorial sea of a State has, in the
exclusive economic son, committed a violation of applicable international
rules and standards for the prevention, reduction and control of pollution
from vessels or laws and regulations of that State conforming and giving
effect to such roules and standards, that State may require the vessel to give
information regarding its identity and port of registry, its last and its next
port of call and other relevant information required to establish whether a
violation has occurred.
4. States shall adopt laws and regulations and take other measures so
that vessels flying their flag comply with requests for information pursuant
to paragraph 3.
5. Where there are clear grounds for believing that a vessel navigating
in the exclusive economic zone or the territorial sea of a State has, in the
exclusive economic zone, committed a violation referred to in paragraph 3
resulting in a substantial discharge causing or threatening significant
pollution of the matine environment, that State may undertake physical
inspection of the vessel for matters relating to the violation if the vessel
has refused to give information or if the information supplied by the vessel
is manifestly at variance with the evident factual situation and if the
circumstances of the case justify such inspection.
. Where there is clear objective evidence that a vessel navigating in
the exclusive economic zone or the territorial sea of a State has, in the
exclusive economic zone, committed a violation referred to in paragraph 3
resulting in a discharge causing major damage or threat of major damage to the
coastline or related interests of the coastal State, or to any resources of
its territorial sea or exclusive economic zone, that State may, subject to
section 7, provided that the evidence so warrants, institute proceedings,
including detention of the vessel, in accordance with its laws.
7. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 6, whenever appropriate
procedures have been established, either through the competent international
organization or as otherwise agreed, whereby compliance with requirements for
bonding or other appropriate financial security has been assured, the coastal
State if bound by such procedures shall allow the vessel to proceed.
8. ihe provisions of paragraphs 3, 4, 5, and 7 also apply in respect
of national laws and regulations adopted pursuant to article 211, paragraph 6.
Article 221
Measures to avoid pollution arising from maritime casualties
1. Nothing in this Part shall prejudice the right of States, pursuant
to international law, both customary and conventional, to take and enforce
measures beyond the territorial sea proportionate to the actual or threatened
damage to protect their coastline or related interests, including fishing,
from pollution or threat of pollution following upon a maritime casualty or
acts relating to such a casualty, which may reasonably be expected to result
in major harmful consequences.
- 99 -
SECTION 7. SAFEGUARDS
Article 223
Measures to facilitate proceedings
In proceedings instituted pursuant to this Part, States shall take
measures to facilitate the hearing of witnesses and the admission of evidence
submitted by authorities of another State, or by the competent international
organization, and shall facilitate the attendance at such proceedings of
official representatives of the competent international organisation, the flag
State and any State affected by pollution arising out of any violation. The
official representatives attending such proceedings shall have such rights and
duties as may be provided under national laws and regulations or international
law.
Article 224
Exercise of powers of enforcement
The powers of enforcement against foreign vessels under this Bart may
only be exercised by officials or by warships, military aircraft, or other
Ships or aircraft clearly marked and identifiable as being on government
service and authorized to that effect.
Article 225
Duty to avoid adverse consequences in the exercise of the
powers of enforcement
in the exercise under this Convention of their powers of enforcement
against foreign vessels, States shall not endanger the safety of navigation or
otherwise create any hazard to a vessel, or bring it to an unsafe port or
anchorage, or expose the marine environment to an unreasonable risk.
- 100 -
Article 226
Investigation of foreign vessels
Article 228
Suspension and restrictions on institution of proceedings
Article 234
Ice-covered areas
Article 235
Responsibility and liability
Article 236
Sovereign immunity
The provisions of this Convention regarding the protection and
preservation of the marine environment do not apply to any warship, naval
auxiliary, other vessels or aircraft owned or operated by a State and used
for the time being, only on government non-conmercial service. However, each
State shall ensure, by the adoption of appropriate measures not impairing
operations or operational capabilities of such vessels or aircraft owned or
operated by it, that such vessels or aircraft act in a manner consistent, so
far as is reasonable and practicable, with thiq Convention.
- 104 -
Article 237
Obligation under other conventions on the protection and
preservation of the marine environment
1 The provisions of this Pact are without prejudice to the specific
obligations assumed by States under special conventions and agreements
concluded previously which relate to the protection and preservation of the
marine environment and to agreements which nay be concluded in furtherance of
the general principles set forth in this Convention.
2. Specific obligations assumed by States under special conventionsv
with respect to the protection and preservation of the marine environment
should be carried out in a manner consistent with the general principles and
objectives of this Convention.
PART XIII
Article 238
Right to conduct marine scientific research
All States, irrespective of their geographical location, and competent
international organizations have the right to conduct marine scientific
research subject to the rights and duties of other States as provided foe in
this Convention.
Article 239
Promotion of marine scientific research
States and competent international organisations shall promote slid
facilitate the development and conduct of marine scientific research in
accordance with this Convention.
Article 240
General principles for the conduct of marine scientific
research
In the conduct of marine scientific research the following principles
hall apply
(a) marine scientific research shall be conducted exclusively for
peaceful purposes
- 105 -
Article 242
Promotion of international co-operation
1. States and competent international organisations shall in
accordance with the principle of respect for sovereignty and jurisdiction and
on the basis of mutual benefit* promote international co-operation in marine
scientific research for peaceful purposes.
2. In this context* without prejudice to the rights and duties of
States under this Convention, a State in the application of this Part shall
provide t as appropriate, other States with a reasonable opportunity to obtain
from it* or with its co-operation* information necessary to prevent and
control damage to the health and safety of persons and to the marine
environment.
Article 243
Creation of favourable conditions
States and competent international organisations shall co-operate*
throueji the conclusion of bilateral and multilateral agreements* to create
favourable conditions for the conduct of marine scientific research in the
marine environment and to integrate the efforts of scientists in studying the
essence of phenomena and processes occurring in the marine environment and the
interrelations between them.
- 106 -
Article 244
Publication and dissemination of information and knowledge
1. States and competent international organisations shall, .in
accordance with this Convention, make available by publication and
dissemination through appropriate channels information on proposed major
programmes and their objectives as well as knowledge resulting from marine
scientific research.
2. For this purpose States, both individually and in co-operation with
other States and with competent international organizations, shall actively
promote the flow of scientific data and information and the transfer of
knowledge resulting from marine scientific research, especially to developing
States, as well'as the strengthening of the autonomous marine-scientific
research capabilities of developing States through, inter alia, programmes to
provide adequate education and training of their technical and scientific
personnel.
Article 245
Marine scientific research in the territorial sea
Coastal States, in the exercise of their sovereignty, have the exclusive
right to regulate, authorize and conduct marine scientific research in their
territorial sea. Marine scientific research therein shall be conducted only
with the express consent of and under the conditions set forth by the coastal
State.
Article 246
Marine scientific research in the exclusive economic acne
and on the continental shelf
1. Coastal States, in the exercise of their jurisdiction, have the
right to regulate, authorize and conduct marine scientific research in their
exclusive economic zone and on their continental shelf in accordance with the
relevant provisions of this Convention,
2. Marine scientific research in the exclusive economic zone and on the
continental shelf shall be conducted with the consent of the coastal State.
3. Coastal States shall, in normal circumstances, grant their consent
for marine scientific research projects by other States or competent
international organizations in their exclusive economic zone or on their
continental shelf to be carried out in accordance with this Convention
exclusively for peaceful purposes and in order to increase scientific
knowledge of the marine environment for the benefit of all mankind* To this
end, coastal States shall establish rules and procedures ensuring that such
consent will not be delayed or denied unreasonably.
Article 248
Duty to provide information to the coastal State
States and competent international organizations which intend to
undertake marine scientific research in the exclusive economic son or on the
continental shelf of a coastal State shall, not less than six son the in
advance of the expected starting date of the marine scientific research
project, provide that State with a full description oft
(a) the nature and objectives of the project
(b) the method and means to be used, including name, tonnage, type and
class of vessels and a description of scientific equipment}
(c) the precise geographical areas in which the project is to be
conducted!
(d) the expected date of first appearance and final departure of the
research vessels, or deployment of the equipment and its removal,
as appropriate)
(e) the name of the sponsoring institution, its director, and the
person in charge of the project! and
(f) the extent to which it is considered that the coastal State should
be able to participate or to be represented in the project.
Article^ 249
Duty to comply with certain conditions
1. States and competent international organisations when undertaking
marine scientific research in the exclusive economic son or on the
continental shelf of a coastal State shall comply with the following
conditionss
(a) ensure the right of the coastal State, if it so desires, to
participate or be represented in the marine scientific research
project, especially on board research vessels and other craft or
scientific research installations, when practicable, without
payment of any remuneration to the scientists of the coastal State
and without obligation to contribute towards the costs of the
project
Article 253
Suspension or cessation of Marine scientific research
activities
2. After the consent has been given for the proposed marine scientific
research project by the coastal state concerned, in accordance with article
246 and other relevant provisions of this Convention, States and competent
international organizations undertaking such a project shall provide to the
neighbouring land-locked and geographically disadvantaged States, at their
request and when appropriate, relevant information as specified in article 248
and article 249, paragraph l(f).
- Ill -
Article 258
Deployment and use
The deployment and use of any type of scientific research installations
or quipaient in any area of the marine environment shall be subject to the
same conditions as are prescribed in this Convention for the conduct of marine
scientific research in any such area.
- 112 -
Article 259
Legal status
Article 263
Responsibility and liability
Article 264
Settlement of dispute
Disputes concerning the interpretation or application of the provisions
of this Convention with regard to marine scientific research shall be settled
in accordance with Part XV, sections 2 and 3.
Article 265
Interim measures
Pending settlement of a dispute in accordance with Part XV, sections 2
and 30 the State or competent international organisation authorised to conduct
a marine scientific research project shall not allow research activities to
commence br continue without the express consent of the coastal State
concerned
PART XIV
Article 266
Promotion of the development and transfer of marine
technology
1. States, directly or through competent international organisations
shall co-operate in accordance with their capabilities to promote actively the
development and transfer of marine science and marine technology on fair and
reasonable terms and conditions.
2. States shall promote the development of the marine scientific and
technological capacity of States which may need and request technical
assistance in this field, particularly developing States, including
land-looked and geographically disadvantaged States, with regard to the
exploration, exploitation, conservation and management of marine resources,
the protection and preservation of the marine environment, marine scientific
research and other activities in the marine environment compatible with this
Convention, with a view to accelerating the social and economic development of
the developing States*
3. States shall endeavour to foster favourable economic and legal
conditions for the transfer of marine technology for the benefit of all
parties concerned on an equitable basis.
- 114 -
267
Protection of legitimate interests
State* in promoting co-operation pursuant to article 266, shall have
due regard for all legitimate interests including, inter alia, the rights and
duties of holder e, suppliera and recipients of Marine technology.
Article 266
Basic objectives
Statest directly or through competent international organisations, shall
proste t
(a) the acquisition, evaluation and dissemination of narine
technological knowledge and facilitate access to such information
and datai
(b) the development of appropriate marine technology
(c) the development of the necessary technological infrastructure to
facilitate the transfer of marine technology!
(d) the development of human resources through training and education
of nationals of developing States and countries and especially the
nationals of the least developed among themi
(e) international co-operation at all levels, particularly at the
regional, subregional and bilateral levels,
Article 269
Measures to achieve the basic objectives
In order to achieve the objectives referred to in article 268, States,
directly or through competent international organisations, shall endeavour,
inter alia, tos
(a) establish programmes of technical co-operation for the effective
transfer of all kinds of marine technology to States which may need
and request technical assistance in this field, particularly the
developing land-locked and geographically disadvantaged States, as
well as other developing States which have not been able either to
establish or develop their own technological capacity in marine
science and in the exploration and exploitation of marine resources
or to develop the infrastructure of such technology
(b) promote favourable conditions for the conclusion of agreements,
contracts and other similar arrangements, under equitable and
reasonable conditions
(o) hold conferences, seminars and symposia on scientific and
technological subjects, in particular on policies and methods for
the transfer of marine technology
(d) promote the exchange of scientists and of technological and other
experts
- 115 -
(e) undertake projects and promote joint ventures and other foima of
bilateral and multilateral co-operation.
Article 270
Ways and means of international co-operation
International co-operation for the development and transfer of marine
technology shall be carried out, where feasible and appropriate, through
existing bilateral, regional or multilateral programmes, and also through
expanded and new programmes in order to facilitate marine scientific research,
the transfer of marine technology, particularly in new fields, and appropriate
international funding for ocean research and development.
Article 271
Guidelines, criteria and standards
States, directly or through competent international organizations, shall
promote the establishment of generally accepted guidelines, criteria and
standards for the transfer of marine technology on a bilateral basis or within
the framework of international organizations and other fora, taking into
account, in particular, the interests and needs of developing States.
Article 272
Co-ordination of international programmes
(d) States which may need and request technical assistance in this
field, in particular developing States, are assisted in the
acquisition of necessary equipment, processes, plant and other
technical know-how through any financial arrangements provided for
in this Convention.
Article 275
Establishment of national centres
1. States, directly or through competent international organisations
and the Authority, shall promote the establishment, particularly in developing
coastal States, of national marine scientific and technological research
centres and the strengthening of existing national centres, in order to
stimulate and advance the conduct of marine scientific research by developing
coastal States and to enhance their national capabilities to utilize and
preserve their marine resources for their economic benefit.
2. States, through competent international organizations and the
Authority, shall give adequate support to facilitate the establishment and
strengthening of such national centres so as to provide for advanced training
facilities and necessary equipment, skills and know-how as well as technical
experts to such States which may need and request such assistance.
Article 276
Establishment of regional centres
1. States, in co-ordination with the competent international
organizations, the Authority and national marine scientific and technological
research institutions, shall promote the establishment of regional marine
scientific and technological research centres, particularly in developing
States, in order to stimulate and advance the conduct of marine scientific
research by developing States and foster the transfer of marine technology.
- 117 -
Article 278
Co-operation among international organizations
The competent international organizations referred to in this Part and
in Part XIII shall take all appropriate measures to ensure, either directly or
in close co-operation among themselves, the effective discharge of their
functions and responsibilities under this Part.
-118 -
PART XV
SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
Article 279
Obligation to settle disputes by peaceful means
States Parties shall settle any dispute between them concerning the
interpretation or -application of this Convention by peaceful means in
accordance with Article 2, paragraph 3, of the Charter of the united Nations
and, to this end, shall seek a solution by the means indicated in Article 33,
paragraph 1, of the Charter.
Article 280
Settlement of disputes by any peaceful means chosen by the parties
Nothing in this Part impairs the right of any States Parties to agree at
any time to settle a dispute between them concerning the interpretation or
application of this Convention by any peaceful means of their own choice.
Article 281
Procedure where no settlement has been reached by the parties
1. If the States Parties which are parties to a dispute concerning the
interpretation or application of this Convention have agreed to seek
settlement of the dispute by a peaceful means of their own choice, the
procedures provided for in this Part apply only where no settlement has been
reached by recourse to such means and the agreement between the parties does
not exclude any further procedure.
2. If the parties have also agreed on a time-limit, paragraph 1 applies
only upon the expiration of that time-limit.
Article 282
Obligations under gnerait regional or bilateral agreements
If the States Parties which are parties to a dispute concerning the
interpretation or application of this Convention have agreed, through a
general, regional or bilateral agreement or otherwise, that such dispute
shall, at the request of any party to the dispute, be submitted to a procedure
that entails a binding decision, that procedure shall apply in lieu of the
procedures provided for in this Part, unless the parties to the dispute
otherwise agree.
Article 283
Obligation to exchange views
1. When a dispute arises between States Parties concerning the
interpretation or application of this Convention, the parties to the dispute
shall proceed expeditiously to an exchange of views regarding its settlement
by negotiation or other peaceful means.
- 119 -
Article 286
Application of procedures under this section
Subject to section 3, any dispute concerning the interpretation or
application of this Convention shall, where no settlement has been reached by
recourse to section 1, be submitted at the request of any party to the dispute
to the court or tribunal having jurisdiction under this section.
Article 287
Choice of procedure
1. When signing, ratifying or acceding to this Convention or at any
time thereafter, a State shall be free to choose, by means of a written
declaration, one or more of the following means for the settlement of disputes
concerning the interpretation or application of this Conventions
- 120 -
(a) the International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea established in
accordance with Annex VI i
(b) the International Court of Justice}
(c) an arbitral tribunal constituted in accordance with Annex VIIi
(d) a special arbitral tribunal constituted in accordance with Annex
VIII for one or more of the categories of disputes specified
therein.
2. A declaration made under paragraph 1 shall not affect or be affected
by the obligation of a State Party to accept the jurisdiction of the Sea-Bed
Disputes Chamber of the International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea to the
extent and in the manner provided for in Part XI, section 5.
3. A State Party, which is a party to a dispute not covered by a
declaration in force, shall be deemed to have accepted arbitration in,
accordance with Annex VII.
4. If the parties to a dispute have accepted the same procedure for the
settlement of the dispute, it may be submitted only to that procedure unless
the parties otherwise agree.
5. If the parties to a dispute have not accepted the .same procedure for
the settlement of the dispute, it may be submitted only to arbitration in
accordance wih Annex VII, unless the parties otherwise agree.
6. A declaration made under paragraph 1 shall remain in force until
three months after notice of revocation has been deposited with the
Secretary-General of the United Nations.
7. A new declaration, a notice of revocation'or the expiry of a
declaration does not in any way affect proceedings pending before a court or
tribunal having jurisdiction under this article, unless the parties otherwise
agree.
8. Declarations and notices referred to in this article shall be
deposited with the Secretary-General of the United Nations, who shall transmit
copies thereof to the States Parties.
Article 288
Jurisdiction
1* A court or tribunal referred to in article 287 shall have
jurisdiction over any dispute concerning the interpretation or application of
this Convention which is submitted to it in accordance with this Part.
2. A court or tribunal referred to in article 287 shall also have
jurisdiction over any dispute concerning the interpretation or application of
an international agreement related to the purposes of this Convention which
is submitted to it in accordance with the agreement.
- 121 -
Article 289
Experts
Article 291
Article 294
Preliminary proceedings
1. A court or tribunal provided for in article 287 to which an
application is made in respect of a dispute referred to in article 297 shall
determine at the request of a party, or may determine proprio motu. whether
the claim constitutes an abuse of legal process or whether prima facie it is
well founded. If the court or tribunal determines that the claim constitutes
an abuse of legal process or is prima facie unfounded, it shall take no
further action in the case.
2. Opon receipt of the application, the court or tribunal shall
immediately notify the other party or parties of the application, and hall
fix a reasonable time-limit within which they may request it to make a
determination in accordance with paragraph 1.
3. Nothing in this article affects the right of any party to a dispute
to make preliminary objections in accordance with the applicable rules of
procedure.
Article 295
Exhaustion of local remedies
Any dispute between States Parties concerning the interpretation or
application of this Convention may be submitted to the procedures provided for
in this section only after local remedies have been exhausted where this is
required by international law.
Article 296
Finality and binding force of decisions
1. Any decision rendered by a court or tribunal having jurisdiction
under this section shall be final and shall be complied with by all the
parties to the dispute.
2. Any such decision shall have no binding force except between the
parties and in respect of that particular dispute.
Article 297
Limitations on applicability of section 2
1. Disputes concerning the interpretation or application of this
Convention with regard to the exercise by a coastal State of its sovereign
rights or jurisdiction provided for in this Convention shall be subject to the
procedures provided for in section 2 in the following cases
(a) when it is alleged that a coastal State has acted in contravention
of the provisions of this Convention in regard to the freedoms and
rights of navigation, overflight or the laying of submarine cables
and pipelines, or in regard to other internationally lawful uses of
the sea specified in article 58}
- 124 -
PART XVI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Article 300
Good faith and abuse of rights
States^Parties shall fulfil in good faith the obligations assumed under
this Convention and shall exercise the rights, jurisdiction and freedoms
recognised in hie Convention in a manner which would not constitute an abuse
of right.
Article 301
Peaceful uses of the seas
FINAL PROVISIONS
Article 305
Signature
Article 306
Ratification and formal confirmation
This Convention shall remain open for accession by States and the other
entities referred to in article 305. Accession by the entities referred to in
article 305, paragraph l(f), shall be in accordance with Annex IX. The
instruments of accession shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the
united Nations.
Article 308
Entry into force
1. This Convention shall enter into force 12 months after the date of
deposit of the sixtieth instrument of ratification or accession.
2. For each State ratifying or acceding to this Convention after the
deposit of the sixtieth instrument of ratification or accession, the
Convention shall enter into force on the thirtieth day following the deposit
of its instrument of ratification or accession, subject to paragraph 1.
3. The Assembly of the Authority shall meet on the date of entry into
force of this Convention and shall elect the Council of the Authority. The
first Council shall be constituted in a manner consistent with the purpose of
article 161 if the provisions of that article cannot be strictly applied.
4. The rules, regulations and procedures drafted by the Preparatory
Commission shall apply provisionally pending their formal adoption by the
Authority in accordance with Part XI.
5. The Authority and its organs shall act in accordance with resolution
XX of the Third united Nations Conference on the Law of the Sea relating to
preparatory investment and with decisions of the Preparatory Commission taken
pursuant to that resolution.
Article 309
Reservations and exceptions
No reservations or exceptions may be made to this Convention unless
expressly permitted by other articles of this Convention.
- 130 -
Article 310
Declarations and statements
Article 309 does not preclude a State, when signing, ratifying or
acceding to this Convention, from making declarations or statements, however
phrased or named, with a view, inter alia, to the harmonization of its laws
and regulations with the provisions of this Convention, provided that such
declarations or statements do not purport to exclude or to modify the legal
effect of the provisions of this Convention in their application to that State.
Article 311
Relation to other conventions and international agreements
1. This Convention shall prevail, as between States Parties, over the
Geneva Conventions on the Law of the Sea of 29 April 1958.
2. This Convention shall not alter the rights and obligations of States
Parties which arise from other agreements compatible with this Convention and
which do not affect the enjoyment by other States Parties of their rights or
the performance of their obligations under this Convention.
3. Two or more States Parties may conclude agreements modifying or
suspending the operation of provisions of this Convention, applicable solely
to the relations between them, provided that such agreements do not relate to
a provision derogation from which is incompatible with the effective execution
of the object and purpose of this Convention, and provided further that such
agreements shall not affect the application of the basic principles embodied
herein, and that the provisions of such agreements do not affect the enjoyment
by other States Parties of their rights or the performance of their
obligations under 'this Convention.
4. States Parties intending to conclude an agreement referred to in
paragraph 3 shall notify the other States Parties through the depositary of
this Convention of their intention to conclude the agreement and of the
modification or suspension for which it provides.
5. This article does not affect international agreements expressly
permitted or preserved by other articles of this Convention.
6. States Parties agree that there shall be no amendments to the basic
principle relating to the common heritage of mankind set forth in article 136
and that they shall not be party to any agreement in derogation thereof.
- 131 -
Article 312
Amendment
1. After the expiry of a period of 10 years from the date of entry into
force of this Convention, a State Party may, by written communication
addressed to the Secretary-General of the United Nations,.propose specific
amendments to this Convention, other than those relating to activities in the
Area, and request the convening of a conference to consider such proposed
amendments. The Secretary-General shall circulate such communication to all
States Parties. If, within 12 months from the date of the circulation of the
communication, not less than one half of the States Parties reply favourably
to the request, the Secretary-General shall convene the conference.
2. The decision-making procedure applicable at the amendment conference
shall be the same as that applicable at the Third united Nations Conference on
the Law of the Sea unless otherwise decided by the conference. The conference
should make every effort to reach agreement on any amendments by way of
consensus and there should be no voting on them until all efforts at consensus
have been exhausted.
Article 313
Amendment by simplified procedure
1. A State Party may, by written communication addressed to the
Secretary-General qf the United Nations, propose an amendment to this
Convention, other than an amendment relating to activities in the Area, to be
adopted by the simplified procedure set 'forth in this article without
convening a conference. The Secretary-General shall circulate the
communication to all States Parties.
2. If, within a period of 12 months from the date of the circulation of
the communication, a State Party objects to the proposed amendment or to the
proposal for its adoption by the simplified procedure, the amendment shall be
considered rejected. The Secretary-General shall immediately notify all
States Parties accordingly.
3. If, 12 months from the date of the circulation of the communication,
no State Party has objected to the proposed amendment or to the proposal for
its adoption by the simplified procedure, the proposed amendment shall be
considered adopted. The Secretary-General shall notify all States Parties
that the proposed amendment has been adopted.
Article 314
Amendments to the provisions of this Convention relating
exclusively to activities in the Area
1. A State Party may, by written communication addressed to the
Secretary-General of the Authority, propose an amendment to the provisions of
this Convention relating exclusively to activities in the Area, including
Annex VI, section 4. The Secretary-General shall circulate such communication
to all States Parties. The proposed amendment shall be subject to approval by
the Assembly following its approval by the Council. Representatives of States
Parties in those organs shall have full powers to consider and approve the
proposed amendment. The proposed amendment as approved by the Council and the
Assembly shall be considered adopted.
- 132 -
Article 317
Denunciation
1. A State Party may, by written notification addressed to the
Secretary-General of the United Nations, denounce this Convention and may
indicate its reasons. Failure to indicate reasons shall not affect the
validity of the denunciation. The denunciation shall take effect one year
after the date of receipt of the notification, unless the notification
spcifies a later date.
2. A State shall not be discharged by reason of the denunciation from
the financial and contractual obligations which accrued while.it was a Party
to this Convention, nor shall the denunciation affect any right, obligation or
legal situation of that State created through the execution of this Convention
prior to its termination for that State.
3. The denunciation shall not in any way affect the duty of any State
Party to fulfil any obligation embodied in this Convention to which it would
be subject under International law independently of this Convention.
Article 318
Status of Annexes
The Annexes form an integral part of this Convention and, unless
expressly provided otherwise, a reference to this Convention or to one of its
Farts includes a reference to the Annexes relating thereto.
Article 319
Depositary
1. The Secretary-General of the united Nations shall be the depositary
of this Convention and amendments thereto.
2. in addition to his functions as depositary, the Secretary-General
halls
(a) report to all States Parties, the Authority and competent
international organizations on issues of a general nature that have
arisen with respect to this Conventions
(b) notify the Authority of ratifications and formal confirmations of
and accessions to this Convention and amendments thereto, as well
as of denunciations of this Convention
(c) notify States Parties of agreements in accordance with article 311,
paragraph 4
- 134 -
Article 1
Article 7
Coastal States shall establish the outer limits of the continental shelf
in conformity with the provisions of article 76, paragraph 8, and in
accordance with the appropriate national procedures.
- 138 -
Article 8
Article 1
Title to minerals
Title to minerals shall pass upon recovery in accordance with this
Convention*
Article 2
Prospecting
5* Upon its approval by the Authority, every plan of work, except those
presented by the Enterprise, shall be in the form of a contract concluded
between the Authority and the applicant or applicants.
Article 4
Qualifications of applicants
1. Applicants, other than the Enterprise, shall be qualified if they
have the nationality or control and sponsorship required by article 153,
paragraph 2(b), and if they follow the procedures and meet the qualification
standards set forth in the rules, regulations and procedures of the Authority.
2. Except as provided in paragraph 6, such qualification standards
shall relate to the financial and technical capabilities of the applicant and
his performance under any previous contracts with the Authority.
3. Each applicant shall be sponsored by the State Party of which it is
a national unless the applicant has more than one nationality, as in the case
of a partnership or consortium of entities from several States, in which event
all States Parties involved shall sponsor the application, or unless the
applicant is effectively controlled by another State Party or its nationals,
in which event both States Parties shall sponsor the application. The
criteria and procedures for implementation of the sponsorship requirements
shall be set forth in the rules, regulations and procedures of the Authority.
4. The sponsoring State or States shall, pursuant to article 139, have
the responsibility to ensure, within their legal systems, that a contractor so
sponsored shall carry out activities in the Area in conformity with the terms
of its contract and its obligations under this Convention. A sponsoring State
shall not, however, be liable for damage caused by any failure of a contractor
sponsored by it to comply with its obligations if that State Party has adopted
laws and regulations and taken administrative measures which are, within the
framework of its legal system, reasonably appropriate for securing compliance
by persons under its jurisdiction.
- 140 -
(a) the applicant has complied with the procedures established for
applications in accordance with article 4 of this Annex and has
given the Authority the undertakings and assurances required by that
article. In cases of non-compliance with these procedures or in
the absence of any of these undertakings and assurances, the
applicant shall be given 45 days to remedy these defects!
(b) the applicant possesses the requisite qualifications provided for
in article 4 of this Annex.
3. All proposed plans of work shall be taken up in the order in which
they are received. Aie proposed plans of work shall comply with and be
governed by the relevant provisions of this Convention and the rules,
regulations and procedures of the Authority, including those on operational
requirements, financial contributions and the undertakings concerning the
transfer of technology. Zf the proposed plans of work conform to these
requirements, the Authority shall approve them provided that they are in
accordance with the uniform and non-discriminatory requirements set forth in
the rules, regulations and procedures of the Authority, unieses
(a) part or all of the -area covered by the proposed plan of work is
included in an approved plan of work or a previously submitted
proposed plan of work which has not yet been finally acted on by
the Authority
(b) part or all of the area covered by the proposed plan of work is
disapproved by the Authority pursuant to article 162, paragraph 2
(x)t or
(c) the proposed plan of work1 has been submitted or sponsored by a
State Party which already hold si
(i) plans of work for exploration and exploitation of polymetallie
nodules in non-reserved areas that, together with either part
of the area covered by the application for a plan of work*
exceed in sise 30 per cent of a circular area of 400,000 square
kilometres surrounding the centre of either part of the area
covered by the proposed plan of work)
(ii) plans of work for the exploration and exploitation of
polymetallie nodules in non-reserved areas which, taken
together, constitute 2 per cent of the total sea-bed area
which is not reserved or disapproved for exploitation pursuant
to article 162, paragraph (2)(x).
4. For the purpose of the standard set forth in paragraph 3(c), a plan
of work submitted by a partnership or consortium shall be counted on a pro
rata basis among the sponsoring States Parties involved in accordance with
article 4, paragraph 3, of this Annex. The Authority may approve plans of
work covered by paragraph 3(c) if it determines that such approval would not
permit a State Party or entities sponsored by it to monopolize the conduct of
activities in the Area or to preclude other States Parties from activities in
the Area.
- 144 -
Article 10
Preference and priority among applicants
An operator who has an approved plan of work for exploration only/ as
provided in article 3, paragraph 4(c), of this Annex shall have a preference
and a priority among applicants for a plan of work covering exploitation of
the same area and resources. However, such preference or priority may be
withdrawn if the operator's performance has not been satisfactory.
Article 11
Joint arrangements
1. Contracts may provide for joint arrangements between the contractor
and the Authority through the Enterprise, in the form of joint ventures or
production sharing* as well as any other form of joint arrangement which
shall have the same protection against revision, suspension or termination as
contracts with the Authority.
2. Contractors entering into such joint arrangements with the
Enterprise may receive financial incentives as provided for in article 13 of
this Annex.
3. Partners in joint ventures with the Enterprise shall be liable fpr
the payments required by article 13 of this Annex to the extent of their share
in the joint ventures, subject to financial incentives as provided for in that
article.
Article 12
Activities carried out by the Enterprise
1. Activities in the Area carried out by the Enterprise pursuant to
article 153, paragraph 2(a), shall be governed by Part XI, the rules,
regulations and procedures of the Authority and its relevant decisions.
2. Any plan of work submitted by the Enterprise shall be accompanied by
evidence supporting its financial and technical capabilities.
Article 13
Financial terms of contracts
1. In adopting rules, regulations and procedures concerning the
financial terms of a contract between the Authority and the entities referred
to in article 153, paragraph 2(b), and in negotiating those financial terms in
accordance with Part'XI and those rules, regulations and procedures, the
Authority shall be guided by the following objectives
(a) to ensure optimum revenues for the Authority from the proceeds of
commercial productioni
(b) to attract investments and technology to the exploration and
exploitation of the Area
(c) to ensure equality of financial treatment and comparable financial
obligations for contractors*
- 147 -
(b) The said market value shall be the product of the quantity of
the processed metals produced from the polyroetallic nodules
extracted from the area covered by the contract and the average
price for those metals during the relevant accounting year, as
defined in paragraphs 7 and 8.
6. If a contractor chooses to make his financial contribution to the
Authority by paying a combination of a production charge and a share of net
proceeds, such payments shall be determined as followst
(a) The production charge shall be fixed at a percentage of the
market value, determined in accordance with subparagraph (b) of
the processed metals produced from the polymetallic nodules
recovered from the area covered by the contract. This percentage
shall be fixed as followst
(i) first period of commercial production 2 per cent
(i) The proceeds from the disposal of capital assets and the
market value of those capital assets which are no longer required
for operations under the contract and which are not sold shall be
deducted from the contractor's development costs during the
relevant accounting year. When these deductions exceed the
contractor's development costs the excess shall be added to the
contractor's gross proceeds.
(j) The contractor's development costs incurred prior to the
commencement of commercial production referred to in subparagraphs
(h)(i) and (n) (iv) shall be recovered in 10 equal annual
instalments from the date of commencement of commercial
production. The contractor's development costs incurred subsequent
to the commencement of commercial production referred to in
subparagraphs (h)(ii) and (n)(iv) shall be recovered in 10 or fewer
equal annual instalments so as to ensure their complete recovery by
the end of the contract.
(k) "Contractor's operating costs* means all expenditures incurred
after the commencement of commercial production in the operation of
the productive capacity of the area covered by the contract and the
activities related thereto for operations under the contract, in
conformity with generally recognized accounting principles,
including, inter alia/ the annual fixed fee or the production
charge whichever is greater, expenditures for wages, salaries,
employee benefits, materials, services, transporting, processing
and marketing costs, interest, utilities, preservation of the
marine environment, overhead and administrative costs specifically
related to operations under the contract, and any net operating
losses carried forward or backward as specified herein. Net
operating losses may be carried forward for two consecutive years
except in the last two years of the contract in which case they may
be carried backward to the two preceding years.
(1) If the contractor engages in mining, transporting of
polymetallic nodules, and production of processed and
semi-processed metals, "development costs of the mining sector"
means the portion of the contractor's development costs which is
directly related to the mining of the resources of the area covered
by the contract, in conformity with generally recognized accounting
principles, and the financial rules, regulations and procedures of
the Authority, including, inter alia, application fee, annual fixed
fee and, where applicable, costs of prospecting and exploration of
the area covered by the contract, and a portion of research and
development costs.
- 152 -
11. All costs expenditures, proceeds and revenues, and all prices and
values referred to in this article, shall be determined in accordance with
generally recognized accounting principles and the financial rules,
regulations and procedures of the Authority.
12. Payments to the Authority under paragraphs 5 and shall be nade in
freely usable currencies or currencies which are freely available and
effectively usable on the major foreign exchange markets or, at the
contractor's option, in the equivalents of processed metals at market value.
The market value shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 5(b). The
freely usable currencies and currencies which are freely available and
effectively usable on the major foreign exchange markets shall be defined in
the rules, regulations and procedures of the Authority in accordance with
prevailing international monetary practice.
13. All financial obligations of the contractor to the Authority, as
well as all his fees, costs, expenditures, proceeds and revenues referred to
in this article, shall be adjusted by expressing them in constant terms
relative to a base year.
14. The Authority may, taking into account any recommendations of the
Economic Planning Oommission and the Legal and Technical Commission, adopt
rules, regulations and procedures that provide for incentives, on a uniform
and non-discriminatory basis, to contractors to further the objectives set out
in paragraph 1.
15. In the event of a dispute between the Authority and a contractor
over the interpretation or application of the financial terms of a contract,
either party may submit the dispute to binding commercial arbitration, unless
both parties agree to settle the dispute by other means, in accordance with
article 188, paragraph 2.
Article 14
Transfer of data
1. The operator shall transfer to the Authority, in accordance with its
rules, regulations and procedures and the terms and conditions of the plan of
work, at time intervals determined by the Authority all data which are both
necessary for and relevant to the effective exercise of the powers and
functions of the principal organs of the Authority in respect of the area
covered by the plan of work.
2. Transferred data in respect of the area covered by the plan of work,
deemed proprietary, may only be used for the purposes set forth in this
article. Data necessary for the formulation by the Authority of rules,
regulations and procedures concerning protection of the marine environment and
safety, other than equipment design data, shall not be deemed proprietary.
3. Data transferred to the Authority by prospectors, applicants for
contracts or contractors, deemed proprietary, shall not be disclosed by the
Authority to the Enterprise or to anyone external to the Authority, but data
on the reserved areas may be disclosed to the Enterprise. Such data
transferred by such persons to the Enterprise shall not be disclosed by the
Enterprise to the Authority or to anyone external to the Authority.
- 155 -
Article 15
Training programmes
The contractor shall draw up practical programes for the training of
personnel of the Authority and developing States, including the participation
of such personnel in all activities in the Area which are covered by the
contract in accordance with article 144, paragraph 2.
Article 16
Exclusive right to explore and exploit
The Authority shall pursuant to Part XI and its rules, regulations and
procedures, accord the operator the exclusive right to explore and exploit the
area covered by the plan of work in respect of a specified category of
resources and shall ensure that no other entity operates in the same area for
a different category of resources in a manner which might interfere with the
operations of the operator. The operator shall have security of tenure in
accordance with article 153, paragraph 6.
Article 17
Rules regulations and procedures of the Authority
1. The Authority shall adopt and uniformly apply rules, regulations and
procedures in accordance with article 160, paragraph 2(f)(ii), and article
162, paragraph 2(o) (ii), for the exercise of its functions as set forth in
Part XI on, inter alia, the following mattersi
(a) administrative procedures relating to prospecting, exploration and
exploitation in the Area
(b) operations!
(i) sise of areai
Article 19
Revision of contract
1. When circumstances have arisen or are likely to arise which, in the
opinion of either party, would render the.contract inequitable or make it
impracticable or impossible to achieve the objectives set out in the contract
or in Part XI, the parties shall enter into negotiations to revise it
accordingly.
2. Any contract entered into in accordance with article 153,
paragraph 3, may be revised only with the consent of the parties.
Article 20
Transfer of rights and obligations
The rights and obligations arising under a contract may be transferred
only with the consent of the Authority, and in accordance with its rules,
regulations and procedures. The Authority shall not unreasonably withhold
consent to the transfer if the proposed transferee is in all respects a
qualified applicant and assumes all of the obligations of the transferor and
if the transfer does not confer to the transferee a plan of work, the approval
of which would be forbidden by article 6, paragraph 3<c), of this Annex.
Article 21
Applicable law
1. The contract shall be governed by the terms of the contract, the
rules, regulations and procedures of the Authority, Part XI and other rules of
international law not incompatible with this Convention.
2. Any final decision rendered by a court or tribunal having
jurisdiction under this Convention relating, to the rights and obligations of
the Authority and of the contractor shall be enforceable in the territory of
each state Party.
3. No State Party may impose conditions on a contractor that are
inconsistent with Part XI. However, the application by a State Party to
contractors sponsored by it, or to ships flying its flag, of environmental or
other laws and regulations more stringent than those in the rules, regulations
and procedures of the Authority adopted pursuant to article 17, paragraph
2(f), of this Annex shall not be deemed inconsistent with Part XI.
Article 22
Responsibility
The contractor shall have responsibility or liability for any damage
arising out of wrongful acts in the conduct of its operations, account being
taken of contributory acts or omissions by the Authority. Similarly, the
Authority-shall have responsibility or liability for any damage arising out of
wrongful acts in the exercise of its powers and functions, including
violations under article 168, paragraph 2, account being taken of contributory
acts or omissions by the contractor. Liability in every case shall be for the
actual amount of damage.
. 160 -
Article 1
Purposes
1. The Enterprise is the organ of the Authority which shall carry out
activities in the Area directly, pursuant to article 153, paragraph 2 (a), as
ell as the transporting, processing and Marketing of minerals recovered frosi
the Area.
2. In carrying out its purposes and in the exercise of its functions,
the Enterprise shall act in accordance with this Convention and the rules
regulations and procedures of the Authority.
3. In developing the resources of the Area pursuant to paragraph 1, the
Enterprise shall, subject to this Convention, operate in accordance with sound
comercial principles.
Article 2
Relationship to the Authority
1. Pursuant to article 170, the Enterprise shall act in accordance with
the general policies of the Assembly and the directives of the Council.
2. Subject to paragraph 1, the Enterprise shall enjoy autonomy in the
conduct of its operations.
3. Nothing in this Convention shall Make the Enterprise liable for the
acts or obligations of the Authority, or make the Authority liable for the
acts or obligations of the Enterprise.
Article 3
Limitation of liability
Without prejudice to article 11, paragraph 3, of this Annex, no saber
of the Authority shall be liable by reason only of its eesbership for the acts
or obligations of the Enterprise.
Article 4
Structure
The Enterprise shall have a Governing Board, a Director-General and the
staff necessary for the exercise of its functions.
- 161 -
Article 5
Governing Board
1. The Governing Board shall be composed of 15 members elected by the
Assembly in accordance with article 160* paragraph 2(c). In the election of
the members of the Board due regard shall be paid to the principle of
equitable geographical distribution. In submitting nominations of candidates
for election to the Board, members pf the Authority shall bear in mind the
need to nominate candidates of the highest standard of competence, with
qualifications in relevant fields, so as to ensure the viability and success
of the Enterprise.
2. Members of the Board shall be elected for four years and may be
re-elected i and due regard shall be paid to the principle of rotation of
membership.
3. Members of the Board shall continue in office until their successors
are elected. If the office of a member of the Board becomes vacant, the
Assembly shall, in accordance with article 160, paragraph 2(c), elect a new
member for the remainder of his predecessors term.
4. Members of the Board shall act in their personal capacity. In the
performance of their duties they shall not seek or receive instructions from
any government or from any other source. Each member of the Authority shall
respect the independent character of the members of the Board and shall
refrain from all attempts to influence any of them in the discharge of their
duties.
5. Each member of the Board shall receive remuneration to be paid out
of the funds of the Enterprise. The amount of remuneration shall be fixed by
the Assembly, upon the recommendation of the Council.
6. The Board shall normally function at the principal office of the
Enterprise and shall meet as 'often as the business of the Enterprise may
require.
7. Two thirds of the members of the Board shall constitute a quorum.
8. Bach member of the Board shall have one vote. All matters before
the Board shall be decided by a majority of its members. If a member has a
conflict 4f interest on a matter before the Board he shall refrain from voting
on that matter.
9. Any member of the Authority may ask the Board for information in
respect of its operations which particularly affect that member. The Board
shall endeavour to provide such information.
- 162 -
Article 6
Powers and functions of the Governing Board
The Governing Board shall direct the operations of the Enterprise.
Subject to this Convention/ the Governing Board shall exercise te powers
necessary to fulfil the purposes of the Enterprise* including powerst
(a) to elect a Chairman from among its members
(b) to adopt its rules of procedure
(c) to draw up and submit formal written plans of work to the Council
in accordance with article 153, paragraph 3, and article 162,
paragraph 2(j)|
(d) to develop plans of work and programmes for carrying out the
activities specified in article 170
(e) to prepare and submit to the Council applications for production
authorizations in accordance with article 151/ paragraphs 2 to 7}
(f) to authorize negotiations concerning the acquisition of technology,
including those provided for in Annex III/ article 5, paragraph 3
(a), (c) and (d), and to approve the results of those negotiations!
(g) to establish terms and conditions, and to authorize negotiations/
concerning joint ventures and other forms of joint arrangements
referred to in Annex Ill/articles 9 and 11, and to approve the
results of such negotiations)
(h) to recommend to the Assembly what portion of the net income of the
Enterprise should be retained as its reserves in accordance with
article 160, paragraph 2(f), and article 10 of this Annex)
(i) to approve the annual budget of the Enterprise)
(j) to authorize the procurement of goods and services in accordance
with article 12, paragraph 3/ of this Annex
(k) to submit an annual report to the Council in accordance with
article 9 of this Annex}
(1) to submit to the Council for the approval of the Assembly draft
rules in respect of the organization, management, appointment and
dismissal.of the staff of the Enterprise and to adopt regulations
to give effect to such rules
(m) to borrow funds and to furnish such collateral or other security as
it may determine in accordance with article 11, paragraph 2, of
this Annex
-163 -
The Enterprise shall have its principal office at the seat of the
Authority. The Enterprise may establish other offices and facilities in the
territory of any State Party with the consent of that State Party.
- 164 -
Article 9
Reports and financial statements
1. The Enterprise shall, not later than three months after the end of
each financial year, submit to the Council for its consideration an annual
report containing an audited statement of its accounts and shall transmit to
the Council at appropriate intervals a summary statement of its financial
position and a profit and loss statement showing the results of its operations.
2. The Enterprise shall publish its annual report and such other
reports as it finds appropriate.
3. All reports and financial statements referred to in this article
shall be distributed to the members of the Authority.
Article 10
Allocation of net income
1. Subject to paragraph 3, the Enterprise shall make payments to the
Authority under Annex III, article 13, or their equivalent.
2. The Assembly shall, upon the recommendation of the Governing Board,
determine what portion of the net income of the Enterprise shall be retained
as reserves of the Enterprise. The remainder shall bo transferred to the
Authority.
3. During an Initial period required for the Enterprise to become
self-supporting, which shall not exceed 10 years from the commencement of
commercial production by it, the Assembly shall exempt the Enterprise from the
payments referred to in paragraph 1, and shall leave all of the net income of
the Enterprise in its reserves.
Article 11
Finances
1. The funds of the Enterprise shall includes
(a) amounts received from the Authority in accordance with article 173,
paragraph 2(b)>
(b) voluntary contributions made by States Parties for the purpose of
financing activities of the Enterprise
(c) amounts borrowed by the Enterprise in accordance with paragraphs 2
and 3}
(d) income of the Enterprise from its operations
2* (a) The Enterprise shall have the power to borrow funds and to
furnish such collateral or other security as it may determine.
Before making a public sale of its obligations in the financial
markets or currency of a State Party, the Enterprise shall obtain
the approval of that State Party. The total .amount of borrowings
shall be approved by the Council upon the recommendation of the
Governing Board.
(b) States Parties shall make every reasonable effort to support
applications by the Enterprise for loans on capital markets and
from international financial institutions.
3. (a) The Enterprise shall be provided with the funds necessary to
explore and exploit one mine site, and to transport, process and
market the minerals recovered therefrom and the nickel, copper,
cobalt and manganese obtained, and to meet its initial
administrative expenses. The amount of the said funds, and the
criteria, and factors for its adjustment, shall be included by the
Preparatory Oommission in the draft rules, regulations and
procedures of the Authority.
(b) All States Parties shall make available to the Enterprise an
amount equivalent to one half of the funds referred to in
aubparagraph (a) by way of long-term interest-free loans in
accordance with the scale of assessments for the United Nations
regular budget in force at the time when the assessments are made,
adjusted to take into account the States which are not members of
the United Nations. Debts incurred by the Enterprise in raising
the other half of the funds shall be guaranteed by all States
Parties in accordance with the same scale.
(c) If the sum of the financial contributions of states Parties is
less than the funds to be provided to the Enterprise under
subparagraph (a), the Assembly shall, at its first session,
consider the extent of the shortfall and adopt by consensus
measures for dealing with this shortfall, taking into account the
obligation of States Parties under subparagraphs (a)' and (b) and
any recommendations of the Preparatory Commission.
(d) (i) Bach State Party shall, within 60 days after the
entry into force of this Convention, or within 30 days after
the deposit of its instrument of ratification or accession,
whichever is later, deposit with the Enterprise irrevocable,
non-negotiable, non-interest-bearing promissory notes in the
amount of the share of such State Party of interest-free loans
pursuant to subparagraph (b).
(ii) The Board shall prepare, at the earliest practicable date
after this Convention enters into force, and thereafter at
annual or other appropriate intervals, a schedule of the
magnitude and timing of its requirements for the funding of
its administrative expenses and for activities carried out by
the Enterprise in accordance with article 170 and article 12
of this Annex.
- 166 -
3. (a) If the Enterprise does not possess the goods and services
required for its operations it may procure them. For that purpose,
it shall issue invitations to tender and award contracts to bidders
offering the best combination of quality, price and delivery time.
(b) If there is more than one bid offering such a combination, the
contract shall be awarded in accordance witht
(i) the principle of non-discrimination on the basis of political
or other considerations not relevant to the carrying out of
operations with due diligence and efficiency and
(ii) guidelines approved by the Council with regard to the
preferences to be accorded to goods and services originating
in developing States, including the land-locked and
geographically disadvantaged among them.
(c) The Governing Board may adopt rules determining the special
circumstances in which the requirement of invitations to bid may,
in the best interests of the Enterprise, be dispensed with.
4. The Enterprise shall have title to all minerals and processed
substances produced by it.
5. The Enterprise shall sell its products on a non-discriminatory
basis. It shall not give non-commercial discounts.
6. Without prejudice to any general or special power conferred on the
Enterprise under any other provision of this Convention, the Enterprise shall
exercise such powers incidental to its business as shall be necessary*
- 168 -
6. Bach State Party shall take such action as is necessary for giving
effect in terms of its own law to the principles set forth in this Annex and
hall inform the Enterprise of the specific action which it has taken.
7* The Enterprise may waive any of the privileges and immunities
conferred under this article or in the special agreements referred to in
paragraph 1 to such extent and upon such conditions as it may determine.
ANNEX V. CONCILIATION
Article 1
Institution of proceedings
Article 2
List of conciliators
A lit of conciliators shall be drawn up and maintained by the
Secretary-General of the United Nations. Every state Party shall be entitled
to nominate four conciliators, each of whom shall be a person enjoying the
highest reputation for fairness, competence and integrity. The names of the
persons so nominated' shall constitute the list, if at any time the
conciliators nominated by a State Party in the list so constituted shall be
fewer than four, that State Party shall be entitled to make further
nominations as necessary. The name of a conciliator shall remain on the list
until withdrawn by the State Party which made the nomination, provided that
such conciliator shall continue to serve on any conciliation commission to
which that conciliator has been appointed until the completion of the
proceedings before that commission.
Article 3
Constitution of conciliation commission
The conciliation commission shall, unless the parties otherwise agree,
be constituted as followst
(a) Subject to subparagraph (g), the conciliation commission shall
consist of five members.
(b) The party instituting the proceedings shall appoint two
conciliators to be chosen preferably from the list referred to in
article 2 of this Annex, one of whom may be its national, unless
the parties otherwise agree. Such appointments shall be included
in the notification referred to in article 1 of this Annex.
(c) The other party to the dispute shall appoint two conciliators
in the manner set forth in subparagraph (b) within 21 days of
receipt of the notification referred to in article 1 of this
Annex. If the appointments are not made within that period, the
party instituting the proceedings may, within one week of the
expiration of that period, either terminate the proceedings by
notification addressed to the other party or request the
Secretary-General of the United Nations to make the appointments in
accordance with subparagraph (e).
(d) Within 30 days after all four conciliators have been
appointed, they shall appoint a fifth conciliator chosen from the
list referred to in article 2 of this Annex, who shall be
chairman. If the appointment is not made within that period,
either party may, within one week of the expiration of that period,
request the Secretary-General of the United Nations to make the
appointment in accordance with subparagraph (e).
(e) within 30 days of the receipt of a request-under subparagraph
(c) or (d), the Secretary-General of the United Nations shall make
the necessary appointments from the list referred to in article 2
of this Annex in consultation with the parties to the dispute.
- 171 -
(g) Two or more parties which determine by agreement that they are
in the same interest shall appoint two conciliators jointly. Where
two or more parties have separate interests or there is a
disagreement as to whether they are of the same interest* they
shall appoint conciliators separately.
(h) In disputes involving more than two parties having separate
interests, or where there is disagreement as to whether they are of
the same interest, the parties shall apply subparagraphs (a) to (f)
in so far as possible.
Article 4
Procedure
The conciliation commission shall, unless the parties otherwise agree*
determine its own procedure. The commission may* with the consent of the
parties to the dispute* invite any State Party to submit to it its views
orally or in writing. Decisions of the commission regarding procedural
matters* the report and recommendations shall be made by a majority vote of
its members.
Article 5
Amicable settlement
The commission may draw the attention of the parties to any measures
which might facilitate an amicable settlement of the dispute.
Article 6
Functions of the commission
The commission shall hear the parties* examine their claims and
objections* and make proposals to the parties with a view to reaching an
amicable settlement.
Article 7
Report
1. The commission shall report within 12 months of its constitution*
Its report shall record any agreements reached and, failing agreement* its
conclusions on all questions of fact or law relevant to the matter in dispute
and such recommendations as the commission may deem appropriate for an
amicable settlement. The report shall be deposited with the Secretary-General
of the United Nations and shall immediately be transmitted by him to the
parties to the dispute.
2. The report of the commission, including its conclusions or
recommendations, shall not be binding upon the parties.
- 172 -
Article 8
Termination
i,
The conciliation proceedings are terminated when a settlement has been
reached when the parties have accepted or one party has rejected the
recommendations of the report by written notification addressed to the
Secretary-General of the United Nations, or when a period of three months has
expired from the date of transmission of the report to the parties.
Article 9
Fees and expenses
The fees and expenses of the commission shall be borne by the parties to
the dispute.
Article 10
Right of parties to modify procedure
The parties to the dispute may by agreement applicable solely to that
dispute modify any provision of this Annex.
Article 11
Institution of proceedings
Article 14
Application of Motion 1
Articles 2 to 10 of section 1 of this Annex apply subject to this
section. '.
Article 1
General provision
1* The International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea is constituted and
shall function in accordance with the provisions of this Convention and this
Statute.
2* The seat of the Tribunal shall be in the Free and Banseatio City of
Basburg in the Federal Republic of Germany.
3. The Tribunal may it and exercise its functions elsewhere whenever
it considers this desirable.
4. A reference of a dispute to the Tribunal shall be governed by the
provisions of Farts XI and XV.
Article 2
Composition
Article 4
Nominations and elections
1. Bach State Party nominate not more than two persone having the
qualifications prescribed in article 2 of this Annex. The members of the
Tribunal shall be elected from the list of persons thus nominated.
2. At least three months before the date of the election, the
Secretary-General of the United Nations in the case of the first election and
the Registrar of the Tribunal in the case of subsequent elections shall
address a written invitation to the States Parties to submit their nominations
for members of the Tribunal within two months. He shall prepare a list in
alphabetical order of all the persons thus nominated, with an indication of
the States Parties which have nominated them, and shall 'submit it to the
States Parties before the seventh day of the last month before the date of
each election.
3. The first election shall be held within six months of the date of
entry into force of this Convention.
4. The members of the Tribunal shall be elected by secret ballot.
Elections shall be held at a meeting of the States Parties convened by the
Secretary-General of the United Nations in the case of the first election and
by a procedure agreed to by the States Parties in the case of subsequent
elections. TWO thirds of the States Parties shall constitute a quorum at that
meeting. The persons elected to the Tribunal shall be those nominees who
obtain the largest number of votes and a two-thirds majority of the States
Parties present and voting, provided that such majority includes a majority of
the States Parties.
Article 5
Term of office
1. The members of the Tribunal shall be elected for nine years and may
be re-elected provided, however, that of the members elected at the first
election, the terms of seven members shall expire at the end of three years
and the terms of seven more members shall expire at the end of six years.
2. The members of the Tribunal whose terms are to expire at the end of
the above-mentioned initial periods of three and six years shall be chosen by
lot to be drawn by the Secretary-General of the united Nations immediately
after the first election.
3. The members of the Tribunal shall continue to discharge their duties
until their places have been filled. Though replaced, they shall finish any
proceedings which they may have begun before the date of their replacement.
4. In the case of the resignation of a member of the Tribunal, the
letter of resignation shall be addressed to the President of the Tribunal. The
place becomes vacant on the receipt of that letter.
- 175 -
Article 6
Vacancies
1. Vacancies shall be filled by the sane method as that laid down for
the first election, subject to the following provisions the Registrar shallf
within one month of the occurrence of the vacancy proceed to issue the
invitations provided for in article 4 of this Annex, and the date of the
election shall be fixed by the President of the Tribunal after consultation
with the States Parties.
2. A member of the Tribunal elected to replace a member whose term of
office has not expired shall hold office for the remainder of his
predecessor's term.
Article 7
Incompatible activities
1. Mo member of the Tribunal may exercise any political or
administrative function, or associate actively with or be financially
interested in any of the operations of any enterprise concerned with the
exploration for or exploitation of the resources of the sea or the sea-bed or
other commercial use of the sea or the sea-bed.
2. No member of the Tribunal may act as agent, counsel or advocate in
any case.
3. Any doubt on these points shall be resolved by decision of the
majority of the other members of the Tribunal present.
Article 8
Conditions relating to participation of members
in a particular case
. 1. No member of the Tribunal may participate in the decision of any
case in which he has previously taken part as agent, counsel or advocate for
one of the parties, or as a member of a national or international court or
tribunal, or in any other capacity.
2. If, for some special reason, a member of the Tribunal considere that
he should not take part in the decision of a particular case, he shall so
inform the President of the Tribunal.
3. If the President considers that for some special reason one of the
members of the Tribunal should not sit in a particular case, he shall give him
notice accordingly.
4. Any doubt on these points shall be resolved by decision of the
majority of the other members of the Tribunal present.
- 176 -
Article 9
Consequence of ceasing to fulfil required conditions
Article 15
Special chambers
1. The Tribunal may form such chambers, composed of three or more of
its elected members, as it considers necessary for dealing with particular
categories of disputes.
2. The Tribunal shall form a chamber for dealing with a particular
dispute submitted to it if the parties so request. The composition of such a
chamber shall be determined by the Tribunal with the approval of the parties.
3. With a view to the speedy dispatch of business, the Tribunal shall
form annually a chamber composed of five of its elected members which may hear
and determine disputes by summary procedure. Two alternative members shall, be
selected for the purpose of replacing members who are unable to participate in
a particular proceeding.
4. .Disputes shall be heard and determined by the chambers provided for
in this article if the parties so request.
5. A judgment given by any of the chambers provided for in this article
and in article 14 of this Annex shall be considered as rendered by the
Tribunal.
Article 16
Rules of the Tribunal
The Tribunal shall frame rules for carrying out its functions. In
particular it shall lay down rules of procedure.
Article 17
Nationality of members
1. Members of the Tribunal of the nationality of any of the parties to
a dispute shall retain their right to participate as members of the Tribunal.
2. If the Tribunal, when hearing a dispute, includes upon the bench a
member of th nationality of one of the parties, any other party may choose a
person to participate as a member of the Tribunal.
3. If the Tribunal, when hearing a dispute, does not include upon the
bench a member of the nationality of the parties, each of those parties may
choose a person to participate as a member of the Tribunal.
4. This article applies to the chambers referred to in articles 14 and
15 of this Annex. In such cases, the President, in consultation with the
parties, shall request specified members of the Tribunal forming the chamber,
as many as necessary, to give place to the members of the Tribunal of the
nationality of the parties concerned, and, failing such, or if they are unable
to be present, to the members specially chosen by the parties.
- 178 -
Article 18
Remuneration of members
1. Bach elected member of the Tribunal shall receive an annual
allowance and, for each day on which he exercises his functions, a special
allowance, provided that in any year the total sum payable to any member as
special allowance shall not exceed the amount of the annual allowance.
2. The President shall receive a special annual allowance.
3. The Vice-Prsident shall receive a special allowance for each day on
which he acts as President.
4. The members chosen under article 17 of this Annex, other than
elected members of the Tribunal, shall receive compensation for each day on
which they exercise their functions.
5. The salaries, allowances and compensation shall be determined from
time to time at meetings of the States Parties, taking into account the work
load of the Tribunal. They may not be decreased during the term of office.
6. The salary of the Registrar shall be determined at meetings of the
States Parties, on the proposal of the Tribunal.
7. Regulations adopted at meetings of the States Parties shall
determine the conditions under which retirement pensions may be given to
members of the Tribunal and to the Registrar, and the conditions under which
members of the Tribunal and Registrar shall have their travelling expenses
refunded.
8. The salaries, allowances, and compensation shall be free of all
taxation.
Article 19
Expenses of the Tribunal
~**\
(i. The expenses of the Tribunal shall be borne by the States Parties and by
the Authority on such terms and in such a manner as shall be decided at meetings of the
States Parties.
2. When an entity other than a State Party or the Authority is a party to a
case submitted to it, the Tribunal shall fix the amount which that party Is to
contribute towards the expenses of the Tribunal."
- 179 -
SECTION 2. COMPETENCE
Article 20
frcese to the Tribunal
1 The Tribunal shall be open to States Parties.
2. The Tribunal shall be open to entities other than States Parties in
any ease expressly provided for in Part XX or in any case submitted pursuant
to any other agreement conferring jurisdiction on the Tribunal which is
accepted by all the parties to that case.
Article 21
Jurisdiction
The jurisdiction of the Tribunal comprises all disputes and all
applications submitted to it in accordance with this Convention and all
matters specifically provided for in any other agreement which confers
jurisdiction on the Tribunal.
Article 22
Reference of disputes subject'to other agreements
If all the parties to a treaty or convention already in force and
concerning the subject-matter covered by this Convention so agree any
disputes concerning the interpretation or application of such treaty or
convention may* in accordance with such agreement be submitted to the
Tribunal.
Article 23
Applicable law
The Tribunal shall decide all disputes and applications in accordance
with article 293.
SECTION 3. PROCEDURE
Article 24
Institution of proceedings
1. Disputes are submitted to the Tribunal as the case may be either
by notification of a special agreement or by written application addressed to
the Registrar. In either case the subject of the dispute and the parties
shall be indicated.
2. The 'Registrar shall forthwith notify the special agreement or the
application to all concerned.
3. The Registrar shall also notify all States Parties.
- 180 -
Article 25
Provisional measures
1. In accordance with article 290, the Tribunal and its Sea-Bed
Disputes Chamber shall have the power to prescribe provisional measures.
2. If the Tribunal is not in session or a sufficient number of
in not available to constitute a quorum, the provisional measures shall be
prescribed by the chamber of summary procedure formed under article 15,
paragraph 3, of this Annex. Notwithstanding article 15, paragraph 4, of this
Annex, such provisional measures may be adopted at the request of any party to
the dispute. They shall be subject to review and revision by the Tribunal.
Article 26
Hearing
1. The hearing shall be under the control of the President or, if he is
unable to preside, of the Vice-President. If neither is able to preside, the
senior judge present of the Tribunal shall preside.
2. The hearing shall be public, unless the Tribunal decides otherwise
or unless the parties demand that the public be not admitted.
Article 27
Conduct of case
The Tribunal shall make orders for the conduct of the case, decide the
form and time in which each party must conclude its arguments, and make all
arrangements connected with the taking of evidence.
Article 28
Default
Mhen one of the parties does not appear before the Tribunal or fails to
defend its case, the other party may request the Tribunal to continue the
proceedings and make its decision. Absence of a party or failure of a party
to defend its case shall not constitute a bar to the proceedings. Before
making its decision, 'the Tribunal must satisfy itself not only that it has
jurisdiction over the dispute, but also that the claim is well founded in fact
and law.
Article 29
Majority for decision
1. All questions shall be decided by a majority of the members of the
Tribunal who are present.
Article 30
Judgment
1. The judgment shall state the reasons on which it is based.
2. It shall contain the names of the members of the Tribunal ho have
taken pact in the decision,
3. If the judgment does not represent in whole or in part the unanimous
opinion of the members of the Tribunalt any member shall be entitled to
deliver a separate opinion.
4. The judgment shall be signed by the President and by the Registrar.
It shall be read in open court, due notice having been given to the parties.to
the dispute.
Article 31
Request to intervene
1. Should a State Party consider that it has an interest of a legal
nature which may be affected by the decision in any dispute, it may submit a
request to the Tribunal to be permitted to intervene.
2. It shall be for the Tribunal to decide upon this request.
3. If a request to intervene is granted, the decision of the Tribunal
in respect of the dispute shall be binding upon the intervening State Party in
so far as it relates to matters in respect of which that State Party
intervened.
Article 32
Right to intervene in cases of interpretation or application
1. Whenever the interpretation or application of this Convention is in
question, the Registrar shall notify all States Parties forthwith.
2. Whenever pursuant to article 21 or 22 of this Annex the
interpretation or application of an international agreement is in question,
the Registrar shall notify all the parties to the agreement.
3. Every party referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 has the right to
intervene in the proceedings* if it uses this right, the interpretation given
by the judgment will be equally binding upon it.
Article 33
Finality and binding force of decisions
1. The decision of the Tribunal is final and shall be complied with by
all the parties to the dispute.
2. The decision shall have no binding force except between the parties
in respect of that particular dispute.
3. In the event of dispute as to the meaning or scope of the decision,
the Tribunal shall construe it upon the request of any party.
\
- 182 -
Article 34
Cost
blese otherwise decided by the Tribune! each petty shell beer its cent
te.
SECTION 4. 8EA-BBD DISPUTES
Article 35
Composition
1. The Sea-Bed Disputes Chamber referred to in article 14 of this
shell be composed of 11 members selected by e majority of the elected members
of; the Tribunal from among them.
2. In the selection of the member e of the Chasber, the representation
of the principal legal systems of the world end equitable geographical
distribution shall be assured. The Assembly of the Authority may adopt
recommendations of a>general nature relating to such .repceeentation and
distribution.
3. The embers of the Chamber shall be eelected every three years and
may be selected for a 'second term.
4. The Chamber shell elect its President from among its miehirs ho
hell serve for the term for which the Chamber has been selected.
5. If any proceedings ere etill pending et the end of any three-yeer
period for which the Chesber has been selected the Chesber shell cosplete the
proceedings in its originel composition.
6. If e vacancy occure in the Chamber the Tribunal shell Select a
successor fro among i ta elected , Who shell hold office for the
kinder of hie predecessor's ter.
7. A quorum of seven of the esliere selected by the Tribunel ehall be
required to constitute the Chasber.
Article 36
Ad Hoc Chasbets
1. The See-Bed Disputee 1
Chasber ehall for an ad hoc chamber ocspoeed
of three of i te member e for dealing with e perticuler dispute subeitted to it
in accordance with article 188 paragraph Kb). The composition of such a
chamber shell be determined by the Sea-Bed Disputes Chamber with the approval
of the perties.
2. If the parties do not agree on the composition of en ad hob chi
each party to the dispute shell appoint one member, end the third member shall
be appointed by them in agreement. If they disagree or if eny party fails to
make ah appointment the President of the See-Bed Disputes Chamber shall
promptly make the appointment or appointments from among its members after
consultation with the parties.
- 183 -
SECTION 5. ANEHDMBNTS
Article 41
Amejnflments
1. Amendments to this Annex, other than amendments to section 4 may be
adopted only in accordance with article 313 or by consensus at a oonfei
in accordance with this Convention.
2. Amendments to section 4 may be adopted only in accordance with
article 314.
3. The Tribunal may propose such amendments to this Statute as it may
consider necessary by written communications to the States Parties for their
lideration in conformity with paragraphs 1 and 2.
- 184 -
Article 1
Institution of proceeding
'
Subject to the provisions of Pact XV, any party to a dispata may submit
the disputa to the arbitral procedure provided for in this Annex by written
notification addressed to the other party or parties to the dispute* The
notification shall be accompanied by a statement of the claim and the grounds
OA which it is based.
Article 2
List of arbitrators
1. A list of arbitrators shall be drawn up and maintained by the
retary-General of the united Nations. Every state Party shall be entitled
inate four arbitrators, each of whom shall be a person experienced in
ritime affairs and enjoying the highest reputation for fairness, competence
sod integrity* The names of the persons so nominated shall constitute the
list.
2. If at any time the arbitrators nominated by a State Party in the
list so constituted shall be fewer than four, that State Party shall be
entitled to make further nominations as necessary.
3. The name of an arbitrator shall remain on the list until withdrawn
by the State Party which made the nomination, provided that such arbitrator
small continue to serve on any arbitral tribunal to which that arbitrator has)
been appointed until the completion of the proceedings before that arbitral
tribunal.
Article 3
Constitution of arbitral tribunal
lor the purpose of proceedings under this Annex, the arbitral tribunal
shall, unless the parties otherwise agree, be constituted as followst
(a) Subject to subparagraph (g), the arbitral tribunal shall
consist of five members.
(b) The party instituting the proceedings shall appoint one
to be chosen preferably from the list referred to in article 2 of
this Annex, who may be its national. The appointment shall be
included in the notification referred to in article 1 of this
(c) The other party to the dispute shall, within 3O days of
receipt of the notification referred to in article 1 of this Annex,
appoint one member to be chosen preferably from the list, who may
be its national. If the appointment is not made within that
period, the party instituting the proceedings may, within two weeks
of the expiration of that period, request that the appointment be
made in accordance with subparagraph (e).
- 185 -
Article 4
Functions of arbitral tribunal
An arbitral tribunal constituted under article 3 of this Annex shall
function in accordance with this Annex and the other provisions of this
Convention.
- 186 -
Article S
Procedure
Unless the partie to the dispute otherwise agree, the arbitral tribunal
hall determine its own procedure, assuring to each party a full opportunity
to be heard and to prsent its case.
Article 6
Duties of parties to a dispute
The parties to the dispute shall facilitate the work of the arbitral
tribunal and, in particular, in accordance with their law and using all means
at their disposai shalls
(a) provide it with all relevant documents, facilities and
information! and
(b) enable it when necessary* to call witnesses or experts and receive
their evidence and to visit the localities to which the case
relates.
Article 7
Expenses
Unless the arbitral tribunal decides otherwise because of the particular
circumstances of the case, the expenses of the tribunal, including the
remuneration of its members, shall be borne by the parties to the dispute in
equal shares.
Article 8
Required majority for decisions
Decisions of the arbitral tribunal shall be taken by a majority vote of
its members. The absence or abstention of less than half of the members shall
not constitute'a bar to the tribunal reaching a decision. In the event of an
equality of vocea, the President shall have a casting vote.
Article 9
Default of appearance
Zf one of the parties to the dispute'does not appear before the arbitral
tribunal or fails to defend its case, the other party may request the tribunal
to continue the proceedings and to make its award. Absence of a party or
failure of a party to defend 'its case shall not constitute a bar to the
proceedings* Before making its award, the arbitral tribunal must satisfy
itself not only that it has jurisdiction over the dispute but also that the
claim is well founded in fact and law.
- 187 -
Article 10
Award
Article 1
Institution of proceedings
Subject to Part XV any party to a dispute concerning the interpretation
or application of the articles of this Convention relating to (1) fisheries,
(2) protection and preservation of the marine environment, (3) marine
scientific research, or (4) navigation, including pollution from vessels and
by dumping, may submit the dispute to the special arbitral procedure provided
for in this Annex by written notification addressed to the other party or
parties to the dispute. The notification shall be accompanied by a statement
of the claim and the grounds on which it is based.
Article 2
Lists of experts
1. A list of experts shall be established and maintained in respect of
each of the fields of (1) fisheries, (2) protection and preservation of the
marine environment, (3) marine scientific research, and (4) navigation
including pollution from vessels and by dumping.
2. The lists of experts shall be drawn up and maintained, in the field
of fisheries by the Food and Agriculture Organization of the united Mations,
in the field of protection and preservation of the marine environment by the
United Nations Environment Programme, in the field of marine scientific
research by the Inter-Governmental Ocanographie Commission, in the field of
navigation, including pollution from vessels and by dumping, by the
International Maritime Organization, or in each case by the appropriate
subsidiary body concerned to which such organization, programme or commission
has delegated this function.
3. Every State Party shall be entitled to nominate two experts in each
field whose competence in the legal, scientific or technical aspects of such
field is established and generally recognized and who enjoy the highest
reputation for fairness and integrity. The names of the persons so nominated
in each field shall constitute the appropriate list.
4. If at any time the experts nominated by a State Party in the list so
constituted shall be fewer than two, that State Party shall be entitled to
make further nominations as necessary.
5. The name of an expert shall remain on the list until withdrawn by
the State Party which made the nomination, provided that such expert shall
continue to serve on any special arbitral tribunal to which that expert has
been appointed until the completion of the proceedings before that special
arbitral tribunal.
Article 3
Constitution of special arbitral tribunal
For the purpose of proceedings under this Annex, the special arbitral
tribunal shall, unless<the parties otherwise agree, be constituted as follows!
- 189 -
Article 4
General provision
Annex VII, article* 4 to 13 apply sutatis autandia to the apaoial
"arbitration procaadinga in accordance with thia Annex.
Article 5
Fact finding
1. The partiea to a dispute concerning the interpretation or
application of the provisions of thia Convention relating to (1) fisheries,
(2) protection and preservation of the sarine environment, (3) Marine
scientific research, or (4) navigation, including pollution free vasele and
by dusping, at any tie* agree to raqueat a apaoial arbitral tribunal
constituted in accordance with article 3 of thia Annex to carry out inquiry
and'establish the faota giving rise to the dispute*
2. blese the partiea otherwise agree, the findinga of fact of the
special arbitral tribunal acting in accordance with paragraph 1, shall be
considered as conclusive aa between the parties.
3. If all the parties to the dispute so request, the special arbitral
tribunal formulate reccaswndationa which, without having the force of s
decision, shall only constitute the basis for a review by the parties of the
questions giving rise to the dispute.
4. Subject to paragraph 2, the special arbitral tribunal shall act in
accordance with the provisions of this Annex, unless the parties otherwise
agree.
- 191 -
Article 1
Use of terms
Article 3
Formal confirmation and accession
1. An international organization may deposit its instrument of formal
confirmation or of accession if a majority of its member States deposit or
have deposited their instruments of ratification or accession.
2. The instruments deposited by the international organization shall
contain the undertakings and declarations required by articles 4 and 5 of this
Annex.
Article 4
Extent of participation and rights and obligations
1. The instrument of formal confirmation or of accession of an
international organization shall contain an undertaking to accept the rights
and obligations of states under this Convention in respect of matters relating
to which competence has been transferred to it by its member States which are
Parties to this Convention.
2. An international organization shall be a Party to this Convention to
the extent that it has competence in accordance with the declarations,
communications of information or notifications referred to in article 5 of
this Annex.
3. Such an international organization shall exercise the rights and
perform the obligations which its member States which are Parties would
otherwise have under this Convention on matters relating to which competence
has been transferred to it by those member States. The member States of that
international organization shall not exercise competence which they have
transferred to it.
- 192 -
Article 6
Responsibility and liability
Article 8
Applicability of Part XVII
1
! :
1) "" -
;
2) "" ;
3) " "
;
4) " " ,
, ,
, -
, ,
, ,
,
;
5) ) "" :
i)
, , -
;
il) , -
,
;
) "" :
1) ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
- 3-
,
,
, ,
*
, , -
-
, , -
;
il) , -
, , -
*
2* 1) "-" , -
*
2) mutatis mutandis
, 1 "", "", "d", "e" "f" 30$,
! , -
"-" *
II
1.
2
t
~~
,
""""""
1.
, -
- - e ,
, *
2. -
, *
3. -
*
2.
3
-
,
, ,
.
4
,
-
, .
,
, -
*
- 5.-
, , -
,
,
, -
*
7
1. ,
, ,
, ,
.
2. , -
,
-
, ,
, ,
*
3* -
,
, ,
, -
.
4. -
,
, , -
,
.
5. , , 1,
, -
, -
.
6. -
,
.
8
v
1. , I , ,
, .
2. ,
7
, ,
,
.
9
, -
,
, .
10
1. ,
.
2.
, , -
, -
, . -
, , ,
, , -
.
3. ,
-
,
.
,
, ,
. , ,
.
4.
, -
, -
.
- 7-
5.
,
,
*
6* -
"" , *
, ?
11
,
,
.
*
12
, ,
,
*
13
1* -
, ,
,
. -
, -
, -
*
2.
, -
, *
- 8-
14
,
,
, *
13
, , ,
,
, -
,
,
*
,
, -
*
16
1* ,
7, 9 10, , -
, , -
12 15,
,
* -
-
*
2*
*
- 9-
. !
. ,
17
,
, , -
.
18
1*
:
a) ,
;
b)
*
2. .
, ,
-
, ,
,
*
19
1* , ,
.
*
2. ,
, -
:
) ,
-
- -
, -
;
- 10 -
) ;
) 9
;
d
) ,
;
e
) ^
;
f) ,
;
) ,
, , , -
;
h
)
;
) ;
j) -
;
*) , -
;
!) ,
.
20
-
.
21
,
1.
-
, -
,
:
- II -
a)
;
b) ,
;
) ;
d) ;
e)
;
f)
, -
;
g) ;
h) , ,
.
2. , -
, ,
3
*
4. ,
,
, -
.
22
1.
,
,
,
.
2. , , -
,
,
*
- 12 -
3* -
, -
:
a) ;
b) , -
;
c
) ;
d) .
4. -
,
.
23
,
, , -
-
,
-
, -
24
1.
, -
,
* ,
, -
, :
a) ,
-
;
b) ,
, -
, *
2.
.
- 13 -
23
1. -
, , -
*
2* ,
-
,
.
3
,
,
*
*
26
t
1.
.
2. , ,
, -
* *
* .
,
27
1.
, -
, - -
,
, :
)
;
, b) , -
;
c) , -
;
d)
2.
, ,
,
*
3* , 1 2, -
-
.
,
*
4. , -
,
.
5. , XII,
,
7, -
, ,
-
,
, , , -
, .
28
1.
, -
.
2.
,
-
.
3 2 -
,
.
, .
,
!
29
" " ,
- ,
, ,
,
, -
, *
30
-
,
, -
,
.
31
%
,
-
, ,
,
, , -
.
- 16 -
32
,
30 319 -
9
*
4.
33
1. ,
,
:
&) ,
-
;
)
,
*
2* -
,
*
- 17 -
III
,
1.
34-
, ,
1. ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
*
2. , -
, -
.
35
:
a) ,
,
, 7
, ;
b)
, , , -
;
c) , -
-
, .
36
, -
,
,
- 18 -
;
-
, , .
2.
?
, -
.
38
1. , 37 -
, -
, , , -
, , ,
, -
*
2. -
*
, , -
, .
3* ,
, -
*
39
" i ;!*><*?'<
1. -
:
) ;
- 19 -
b)
, -
, , -
,
;
c) , , -
,
, -
;
d)
2, :
a) , -
, ,
;
b) , -
,
*
3 :
a) ,
, -
;
;
b) , -
, -
, , -
*
40
,
- ,
-
,
*
- 20 -
41
1. ,
,
,
. *
2* ,
, -
*.
3
*
4.
, , -
,
*
,
, ,
, *
5 ,
, -
, , -
-
*
6. , ,
-
, -
*
7*
,
*
42
%
1* -
, , ,
:
- 21 -
a) -
, 41;
b) ,
-
, ,
;
c) , -
,
;
d) , -
, , -
, -
*
2.
,
,
,
3 , ,
.
4. , ,
5 ,
, , -
,
,
, *
43
,
, , ,
, :
a)
-
;
b) , -
*
- 22 -
%
, ,
-
* -
*
3*
43
! 3 II
, :
a) -
1 ;
b) -
*
2.
*
- 23 -
IY
46
:
a) "-" ,
-
;
b) "" ,
, ,
, , -
,
47
1. - -
, -
, , -
,
,
, 1:1 9:1*
2. 100
, , , 3 ,
,
125 *
3 -
*
4-.
,
, ,
,
.
5 -
- ,
*
- 24 -
6. - -
,
, -
,
, ,
*
7* , 1, -
, -
, ,
,
, *
8* , ,
,
* -
,
.
9* -
*
48
,
, , -
, 4?.
49
:
,
1*. - -
,
4?, , ,
*
2* -
, ,
.
3* -
*
- 25 -
4. , -
,
, , -
- ,
, *
30
-
-
9, II.
31
1. 49 - -
-
-
.
, , ,
,
*
-
*
2* - -
,
, * - -
-
*
32
1* 53 50
-
II*
2* -
-
,
*
*
- 26 -
33
1. -
,
-
-
.
2. -
.
3
, ,
, -
-
*
4-*
,
, ,
, - ,
.
5. -
*
-
25
, ,
, -
, -
.
6. -,
, -
.
7 - , -
, -
,
, .
8.
.
9
-
-
*
, -
, - , -
.
10. - -
, .
11. -
, -
.
12. - -
, -
, -
.
34
,
-
-,
39 40 42 44 mutatis mutandis -
.
- 28 -
55
, -
, -
,
-
.
36
,
1.
:
a) , -
, , , -
, , -
, -
, -
, ;
b) , -
, :
i) ,
;
il) ;
ill) ;
c) ,
*
2. -
-
-
,
.
- 29 -
3* ,
, 1.
37
200 , , -
*
38
1*
, , ,
,
8? , -
-
, ,
,
, -
*
2 88-113
, -
.
3*
-
,
, , -
*
39
, -
,
,
,
.
60
,
"""
1.
,
, :
a) ;
b) ,
56, ;
c) ,
.
2.
, ,
, ,
, ,
.
3. , -
,
.
-
, -
. -
-
, , .
, ,
, .
4. , , -
,
,
,
, .
,. 31 -
5*
.
,
, ,
300 ,
, ,
* -
*
6*
, , .
? , -
, -
,
.
8. ,
. ,
, -
.
61
1.
.
2. ,
, -
, -
-
. -
, , ,
,
*
3 -
,
, -
,
, -
, , -
, -
, *
- 32 -
4. , , -
, -
, -
,
5 , -
,
,
, -
, , ,
, ,
.
62
1. -
61.
2.
-
,
-
, , , 4, -
, -
69 70, -
.
3. , -
, , ;
, *
-
, 69 70,
,
.
4-. , -
,
, -
. ,
, , :
- 33 -
a) , ,
, -
, , -
;
b) , -
,
- ,
-
;
c) , ,
, ,
, ;
) ,
;
e) , ,
,
;
f) -
-
, ,
;
g)
;
h) -
;
i) , -
;
j) -
, -
;
k) .
5.
.
6$
,
, '
1. , -
,
-
,
,
.
2. , -
,
, ,
, -
,
, -
*
64
1. , -
, -
I,
, . ,
,
,
,
.
2. 1 -
.
63
-
-
,
, .
,
, , -
,
.
-35.-.
66
1. , -
,
.
2. -
-
,
"". , -
3 4 ,
, -
, .
3* ) -
,
,
- , . -
-
-
,
.
b) -
,
, -
, .
c) , "% -
,
,
,
.
d) , -
, -
.
4. ,
- , , -
.
- 36 -
5.
, ,
,
.
67
1. ,
, -
-
.
2.
. -
,
, -
.
3. 3 ,
,
, , ,
, ,
1, .
, -
1, .
68
""
"" , -
4- 77.
69
,
1. , , -
-
::
-
u 61 62.
2.
,
, :
a) -
;
b) , , ,
,
-
;
c) , ,
, , -
, -
, -
-
;
d) -
,
3. -
,
, -
,
, -
-
,
,
. -
, 2.
4.
-
,
,
, -
, -
.
- 38 -
5. ,
,
-
'/ .
70
,
1. , -
,
-
-
-
61 62.
2. ",
," -
, , -
,
-
-
, , -
.
5. -
,
, :
a) -
;
b) , , -
,
,
-
;
c) , -
, , -
- ,
, -
'.
1 1
>; i : ; : v \
:
" :-: -
- 39 -
4-. -
,
,
-
,
, , -
,
,
, , .
, -
5 , -
,
-
, , -
,
,
.
6. ,
, -
-
-
.
71
69 70
69 70 , -
.
72
1. ,
, 69 70,
, -
- ,
.
2.
-
, -
, 69 70, ,
, 1.
73
1.
, , -
, , , ,
, .
2.
3. , *
,
, -
,
.
4.
-
-
.
74
1. -
,
38 , -
.
2. -
, , -
3* , 1,
, -
-
.
.
4. -
, ,
, -
.
75
1.
,
74>*
, .
, ,
.
2.
-
*
- 42 -
TI
76
1. -
,
-
200 , -
,
.
2, -
, 4-6.
3*
-
, . -
,
.
4. )
-
, 200
, ,
:
i) , 7
!
, -
-
-
;
il) , 7
,
60 -
.
) , -
.
5 , -
,
4 "" ( i ) ( ), 350
,
, 100 2 500- , -
, 2 500 .
6. 5 -
350
,
* , -
, ,
, , , .
7
,
200 , -
, ,
60 ,
.
8.
200 , -
, -
,
II -
. -
, -
. , -
,
.
9. -
,
,
. -
.
10. -
-
.
77
1.
-
.
2. , 1,
, ,
,
.
3.
.
4. -
,
, " ", .. , -
1
, , -
1
, -
,
i .
I 78
I
I
!
! 1.
1
-
.
I
i 2. -
(
i ,
1
, -
.
79
1.
.
2. -
,
,
-
.
3* -
,
1*
, -
, -
,
, -
, -
*
5*
*
,
*
80
60 mutatis mutandis ,
*
81
*
82
200
1* -
200 , ,
*
2.
*
* -
-
*
, .
- 46 -
3. , --
- , -
, -
.
4. , -
- -
, -
, , ;
.
83
1.
-
, 38
, .
2.
, , -
.
3* , I,
, -
-
. -
.
4. -
, ,
, .
84
1.
, -
83, -
, . ,
,
-
.
2.
-
, -
, - .
85
'
-
, -
.
Til
1.
86
, -
, -
- , -
-.
- , -
56.
87
1. , ,
. -
, ,
. , ,
, ,
:
a) ;
b) ;
c) ,
d) -
, , -
VI;
e) , , -
2;
, TI
XIII.
2. ,
, , -
.
88
.
89
-
.
90
,
, ,
.
91
1.
, -
. ,
.
.
2. ,
.
92
1* ,
,
,
.
, -
.
- 50 -
2. , ,
, -
, .
93
,
,
,
, -
.
1. -
,
, .
2. , :
a) , -
, , ,
;
b)
, ,
, ,
, .
3* ,
, -
, , :
a) , ;
b) , -
;
c) , -
.
4. ,
, :
) ,
, -
, -
, -
;
b) -
, , , -
, ,
, ,
;
c) , , ,
-
, ,
,
.
5- , 3 4, -
, -
.
6. , ,
-
, .
, , ,
.
7- -
, -
, -
,
, . -
.
- 52 -
93
, .
9
%
, -
, -
-
, .
97
-
1. - -
, -
- ,
, -
, -
, .
\
2. ,
, ,
,
, .
3. , -
- ,
.
98
1.
, , ,
, , -
:
a) ,
;
b
) -
, , ,
;
c) ,
, , -
,
, .
2. ,
--
,
, ,
-
.
99
, , -
, -
. ,
, , ipso facto .
100
-
- .
101
:
) ,
, -
:
i) -
, -
;
ii) - -
, -
;
b) -
- , -
,
;
c) , -
, -
"" "".
102
, ,
~* %
, 101, -
,
, -
, , -
, *
.
103
-
, , -
, , -
101.
, ,
, .
, -
.
, .
103
,
,
,
. -
, , -
,
,
, .
106
-
, ,
, ,
, , -
.
107
-
, ,
,
.
108
1. -
, -
.
2. , ,
, ,
,
-
.
109
1. -
.
2. " *1
, , -
,
, , , -
.
3. , ,
:
a) ;
b) ;
c) , ;
d) , ;
e) , -
.
4. , -
3i 110
, , -
.
110
1. , ,
, , -
, , ,
, 95
96, ,
, :
a) ;
b) ;
c) ,
109;
d) ;
e) -
, -
, .
2. , 1,
.
.
, -
-
.
3- ,
, -
, -
.
4. mutatis mutandis
.
5 -
,
, , -
.
111
1.
,
,
.
,
, ,
,
, . , ,
, -
, , , -
, -
. , -
33,
, .
2. Mutatis
autandie *
,
, ,
-
,
.
3* ,
-
- *
4.
, -
,
, -
,
-,
, , , -
, . -
,
, , -
.
5.
,
,
, -
, .
6. -
:
a) mutatis mutandis 1-4:,
b) , , -
, - -
,
, ,
,
. ,
, -
-
,
, .
7. , -
-
, -
, -
-
, .
8. -
, -
, -
.
112
1.
-
.
2. 5 79 -
.
- 60 -
113
, -
, -
- , -
, - , -
,
,
-
. -
, ,
, .
, , -
,
.
, -
, , , -
,
. ,
.
t
113
t
,
, , -
, -
,
, -
.
- 61 -
2.
116
,
:
a) ;
b) , -
, , , 2
4-7;
c) .
117
,
.
118
-
. , -
-
,
, ..
.
- 62 -
119
1.
:
a) -
-
,
,
,
, ,
, -
, ,
;
b) , -
, -
-
,
.
2. ,
, -
,
, ,
, , -
.
3. ,
,
.
120
65
.
- 63 -
Till
121
! -
, ,
.
2. , 3,
, , -
, .
3. ,
, -
, .
IX
122
" 11
, , -
,
*
123
,
, , -
-
*
,
:
a) ,
, ;
b)
;
c)
, , -
;
d) , , -
X
, ,
! :
a) ", ", -
, ;
b) " "
, ,
,
;
c) " " , ,
, -
, ,
, -
,
;
d) " " :
i) , ,
-
;
il) ,
*
2. , , -
,
, 1
- 66 -
125
1. , ,
,
, , -
* ,
, -
*
2. -
,
, , -
*
3. -
, -
, , -
, ,
.
126
~
,
,
, .
127
.,
1* -
,
, ,
.
2. , ,
, , ,
, ,
,
.
- 6? -
. 128
1
I -
,
129
,
, -
, ,
,
130
11
1. e
.
2.
,
, .
131
, , ,
, ,
.
132
-
, , -
, ,
- -
-. -
.
- 68 -
XI
I.
133
:
a) "" , -
, , in situ
;
b) , , -
" ".
134
1. .
2.
.
3.
,
, 1(1} 1, VI.
4.
VI -
, ,
.
I3J?
, - ,
, -
, , -
.
- 69 -
2. ,
136
.
137
1.
, ,
.
, .
2. -
, .
. , ,
,
, .
3. ,
,
, ,
.
, .
138
, ,
, .-
-
e - .
139
1. - , -
, -, -
,
-
- ,
. -
, .
2. 22 -
III , -
- -
, -
; - , -
, -
, , ,
, -
2 "" 153, -
4 153
4- 4 III
- , -
, -
, *
I4O
1 ,
, ,
, ,
,
, -
,
1514 ()
.
2.
, ,
i 2 "f" (i) 160.
, ,
,
.
- 71 -.
.
1
, , -
,
.
2. -
,
* ,
, -
, -
% , - ,
, -
-
XII , ,
,
.
143
1. -
XIII.
2. -
.
, -
, .
3. -
. - -
:
) -
-
;
- 72 -
b) -
-
-
:
i) ;
il)
;
iii)
;
c)
,
*
144
!
:
a) ,
;
b)
, -
- .
2. -
, -
, -
. , -
:
a) -
, , ,
, -
-
;
b) ,
, -
.
- 73 -
,
,
-
, , , :
a) ,
,
, -
, -
, , -
, , , -
,
, ;
b)
*
146
*
,
,
*
14?
1.
*
2* ,
, :
) , -
,
. ,
, -
;
b) ,
,
,
;
c)
, ,
*
, ,
;
d
)
;
e
) *
, -
,
.
3
*
,
, ,
, ,
,
,
,
*
, ,
,
, ,
*
- 75 -
3.
150
, -
, , -
-
, ,
:
a) ;
b) , -
,
, -
, ;
c) -
, , , 144 148;
d) -
,
;
e) -
, , ,
, , -
;
) ,
, , ,
;
g)
-, -
,
;
h) -
, -
-
, -
,
i) -
;
- 76 -
j)
, ,
, ,
, , -
151
1. ) , 150,
"h" ,
-
,
, -
, , , -
, ,
, ,
, -
- .
b)
, , -
, -
,
,
, -
, -
*
c)
, ,
,
-
,
2. ) ,
3
,
-
. -
, E ,
-
.
- 77 -
b)
, -
.
,
, ,
*
c) "" ""
17
III.
-
,
, -
4 , -
, -
.
)
.
-
"d", -
.
3* 1 -
, -
. -
-
, -
-
.
, 155*
,
1, , -
. ,
, ,
- .
4. ) -
:
i) -
, -
"11 , -
,
,
;
ii)
" , -
,
,
*
) "":
i) ,
,
, ,
*
13- ,
, -
* -
;
il)
,
,
, "",
,
, -
13--
, -
* , , -
,
, -
-
-
,
*
5
33 000
,
4.
6. )
8
, -
, ,
, * -
20
-
, , ,
- 79 -
, -
, -
.
) -
,
, -
*
,
. -
46 500
7 , ,
, , -
, -
, ,
. -
17 III , -
.
8.
,
,
. ,
, -,
,
, .
9.
, , -
, -
, ,
8 161.
10.
,
,
,
, , -
,
.
, , , -
, -
.
- 80 -
132
!
,
*
2. -
, ,
, *
133
1, , -
,
, -
*
2, , -
3:
a)
b) -,
, , -
, ,
- -
,
, ,
III*
3. -
, -
III
*
2 "" ,
, 3 III
. -
11 -
III*
4. -
* -
, ,
, ,
- 81 -
3. -
,
139.
5. , -
, -
,
.
, -
*
6. , 3 -
* ,
, ,
18 19 III.
134-
, -
, , -
.
-
, -
.
133
1. I , -
-
, -
, -
.
, , -
:
a) ,
,
, , ;
b) 15-
; .
c)
, -
;-.
- 82 -
) ;
) , 150
151;
f)
.
2* -
, ,
, , -
-
* ,
,
,
,
-
, ,
, -
, , ,
, , -
, , , -
-
*
3* ,
, , ,
* -
, -
,
*
4,
,
-
-
,
, *
- -
-*
5 , -
, ,
*
- 83 -
4.
.
136
1. ,
.
2 - ipso facto -
*
3
, -
1 "", "d", "e" "f" 303,
,
4. .
5 -
, .
137
1. , -
-
,
*
2, , -
. -
, ,
,
, .
3
.
4. ,
, -
, *
138
1.
, .
2. -,
, 1
170,
3. -
, ,
4.
. -
,
, ,
139
1, ,
,
,
2,
, -
,
3. ,
,
4. , -
, .
, -
,
3. .
6. .
7. ,
, -
.
8.
, ,
. ,
, -
, , -
, -
.
9. ,
, -
,
.
,
, -
.
10. , -
-
, ,
-
- , ,
, -
.
,
, ,
.
160
1. , , -
,
, ,
. -
.
2.
:
) 161;
-se-
to) ,
;
c)
;
d) ,
.* -
-
, ,
, -
;
e) - -
, -
, -
, ,
;
f) i)
, -
,
, -
,
82, -
,
.
,
,
;
) , -
, ,
2 "" () 162. ,
, -
,
-
;
g) -
, -
, , -
, ;
h) -
, ;
- 87 -
i) -
,
;
0)
E -
;
) -
, , , -
, ,
- -
, , -
;
1)
, , -
10 151;
) -
185;
) -
,
,
- ,
.
161
t
1, 36 ,
:
) -
, ,
, 2
, 2 -
,
,
,
() , ;
- 88 -
b) -
,
^.
() ;
c) --
, , -
, -
, ,
,
;
d
) -
-, . ,
,
, , -
, -
, -
, , , -
,
;
e) -
,
.
, , -
( ), ,
.
2 1
, :
a) , , ,
, -
,
;
b) ,
, 1 "", "", ""
"d", ,
;
c) -,
, , ,
.
- 89 -
3 .
.
, 1,
.
4. , -
.
5.
,
, .
6. .
7 .
8 )
.
b) ,
"f", "g", "", "i", "n", "p", "v" 2 162
191, -
, -
.
c) ,
, -
E ,
:
11
1 162; "", "", "", "d", "e", "l", "q", "r",
s", "t11 2 162; "" 2 162
; "w"
2 162 , ,
.,
30 , , -
"d"; "", "", "z" 2 162;
2 163; 3 174; 11 IV.
d)
1
, -
"m" "" 2 162, XI
.
e) "d11, "f " "g" "" -
- .
, ,
.
, ,
,
,
, .
. -
, -
, ,
.
f) , ,
,
, -
, , ,
,
, , -
, .
g) , -
"", "", "" "",
, -
-
, ,
*
9. ,
, , -
,
, .
,
162
1, ,
-
, , ,
, -
.
2, :
a)
;
b)
;
c)
;
- 91 -
d) , -
, ,
-
.
,
, -
,
;
e) , , ,
;
f)
-
, ;
&)
;
) ,
, ;
i)
170;
J) 6
III* -
60 -
:
i) ,
,
-
-
6 III*
, -
, 8 fe"
161.
- ,
,
,
, ,
, -
;
u) -.
,
- 92 -
, ,
-
, ;
) ,
12 , mutatis mutandis
, "j";
1)
4 153 , -
;
m)
"h"
150
;
)
, , -
10 151;
) i) ,
,
, , -
82, -
,
-
;
iJ ) ,
, , -
, ,
-
* ,
, -
, -
.
,
-
. , -
, -
, -
,
, ;
- 93 -
) , -
;
<l)
7 III
;
)
;
s)
;
t) -
, -
, 185;
)
, , ;
v) ,
, , ,
"" -
, -
, ;
w) ,
;
)
, -
,
;
) -
, , :
i)
I7I-I75;
)
13 1 "" 17
III;
z
) -
, -
, -
, , -
.
163
1. :
a
) ;
b) .
2. 15 ,
, -.
, ,
-
.
3.
. -
,
, -
,
*
4. -
.
5. -
.
.
6. .
.
7. ,
, -
.
8. -
- , -
. ,
,
, ,
, -
14 III, -
, -
, .
9.
, -
*
10.
^ ,
.
11.
, . ,
,
.
12. , ,
,
.
13.
-
,
, -
.
164
1.
, ,
, ,
.
,
.
, -
, .
2. :
) -
, , -
;
- 96 -
) ,
, ,
, -,
-,
;
) ,
, "h"
150, -
- ,
;
d
) ,
10 151$
, -
, .
,
, .
165
1*
, -
, , , -
, -
. -
,
.
2. :
a)
;
b)
3 15 -
.
, -
III, ;
c) -
, -
, ,
-
, ;
- 97 -
d) -
;
e)
;
f) ,
, 2 "" 162,
,
;
g) , -
,
;
h)
, , -
-
, -
-
, ;
i) -
, ,
, ,
, 18?;
j) ,
, ,
, ,
"i";
k) -
,
,
-
.
;
1)
,
, -
;
m)
, -
,
, ,
;
- 98 -
n
-
2-7 151
7 III.
3. , -
,
.
D.
166
1.
, .
2. -
, ,
.
3.
-
, -
,
.
4.
.
167
1. -
, ,
.
2.
, ,
, -
.
-
.
3. .
, -
, .
- 99 -
168
1.
-
, -
. ,
-
, . -
- -
. -
-
, -
, .
2. -
- , -
.
-
, ,
,
14- III,
, .
3. - ,
2, -
-, ,
, -,
2 "" 153, -
, ,
, , -
. -
. -
,
.
4. ,
, .
169
1* , ,
-
-
, -
.
- 100 -
2. , -
1, -
-
.
.
3. -
- , -
, 1, , -
.
.
170
1. ,
2 "" 153
, , -
, .
2. -
,
, IV. -
, -
, , -
, *
3.
.
4 2 173
11 IV ,
, -
, 144-
.
- 101 -
F.
171
:
a
)
2 "" 160;
b) ,
13 III ;
c
) ,
10 IV;
d
) , -
174;
e
) ;
151,
.
172
-
. -
-
. -
-
2 "h" 160.
173
1. , "" 171,
, -
.
2. -
. ,
"" 171, ,
, , :
- 102 -
a) 140
2 "g" 160;
b) -
4 170;
c)
10 151 2 "1
160.
1. .
?. , -
? lff" 160, -
.
3. -
.
4. - .
17^
, , -
, / -
, .
. ,
176
-
, -
.
177
-
- ,
. ,
, 13 IV.
- 103 -
178
, -
, , -
- .
, -
, , , ,
.
160
, " ,
, -
, .
181
1. , , -
.
2. , , -
.
3* , -
- , -
, ,
.
182
,
- ,
, ,
-
- :
a) , -
,
, -
,
;
b) -
-, -
,
,
, , -
, -
-
.
183
1* , ,
, , -
, -
, -
. -
,
.
2. ,
,
, - -
-
-
. , -
,
, -
-, ,
, -.
3. - -
,
, -
, , .
.
- ,
, ,
,
, . -
,
,
.
1.
- , -
,
.
2. 1
, ,
, , -
.
5.
186
, ,
, , -
-
, XV VI.
187
, , -
-
,
:
- 106 -
a) cnov:or -,
-
;
b) ::: - ,
:
i) -
-, , ,
-
,
,
;
ii) , , ,
;
, ) ::: , -
-, , -
'1 ,
2 "" 1^3, :
i
i i)
I ;
1
ii) ,
i ::
i
j ;
1
d) -
, ,
2 "" 1$3, ,
6 4 2 13 III,
,
;
e) -, -
,
-, -
2 "" 153, ,
, 22 -
III;
f) , -
.
- 10? -
188
ad hoc
1. -, -
"" 18?, :
a)
,
15 I? VI;
ad
b) hoc -
, , -
36 VI.
2. ) , -
, ""(i) 187,
-
, , -
. , ,
. ,
XI
, -
, .
b) -
-
,
, ,
, -
.
.
c)
, ,
-
,
, ,
.
- 108 -
189
, , -
-
;
. 191 -
, ,
18/ , -
- , -
, , -
.
, - ,
-
-
, , -
,
-
-
.
IX)
-
1.
, 187,
, -
.
?.. , "" 187,
- -
, -,
- ,
, .
- ,
.
191
,
, -
, . -
.
XII
1.
192
.
193
-
.
19
"""
! -
, , -
, ,
-
, -
, ,
*
2. ,
, -
,
,
-
, ,
*
3. , , -
. ,
, , -
:
- no -
a) , ,
, ,
;
b) ,
,
, -
, , ,
;
c) ,
,
-
, -
, , ,
;
d) , -
,
,
, , ,
*
4. , -
-
, -
*
5* , , -
,
,
, , -
*
193
,
-
, , ,
*
- Ill -
196
1. , -
,
, -
, *
2. -
,
*
2.
197
, ,
-
,
, -
, -
*
198
, -
, ,
, , ,
.
- 112 -
199
yep
, 193, -
, , -
-
. -
, -
, .
200
,
,
,
-
. -
, -
-
, , , -
.
201
,
200, , -
,
, -
,
.
- -
3.
202
:
a)
, , ,
,
* -
, :
i) ;
) -
;
ill)
;
iv) -
;
v)
-
, , ;
b) , -
,
,
;
c) , -
, .
203
,
-
-
:
a) -
;
b) .
4.
204
! ,
, , , -
, ,
*
2* ,
, -
, , -
*
203
204 -
, -
*
206
, -
-
, ,
,
-
, 205*
5.
,
207
1. ,
, , -
, -
, -
.
2* , -
,
*
3
*
4* , , ,
,
,
,
-
, , -
. , -
*
5* , , , ,
, 1, 2 4, -
,
, , -
, *
208
,
1*
,
,
, , ,
60 80.
- 116 -
2. , -
,
*
3. , -
, , -
.
4. -
.
5. , , ,
, -
,
,
, 1. , -
-
.
209
,
1. , -
, , -
XI , -
. , -
.
2.
, -
, -
, , , -
, -
, -
. -
, , ,
1.
210
,
1. , -
-
.
2. , -
,
.
- 117 -
3* , ,
4* , , ,
,
,
,
* ,
-
*
5* -
-
, ,
, -
*
* , -
, -
, *
211
1* , -
, -
,
-
, , -
,
, , -
. -
*
2. ,
,
*
, -
, -
*
3* ,
, -
,
-
* ,
- 118 -
, , -
. -
, ,
,
, :, -
, -
, -
, ,
*
2 25*
4.
, -
, , -
. 3
II .
5 ,
, -
, -
,
,
-
, .
6. ) ,
I,
, ,
,
, -
,
,
,
-
-
, -
,
. -
,
. ,
, -
,
, -
-
.
- 119 -
b)
, .
c) -
-
, , ,
,
.
,
, ,
, ,
;
,
.
? ,
, , , , -
, -
,
, .
212
'
1. , -
-
, -
, , ,
, ,
,
, .
2. , -
,
.
* , , ,
,
,
,
.
- 120 -
6.
213
,
, -
20?> , -
,
, -
,
*
214
,
,
, -
208, ,
,
, -
, -
, -
,
, ,
60 80.
215
,
,
, ,
XI, , -
, -
, .
216
,
1. , -
, , -
-
,
, -
:
- 121 -
a)
,
;
b) ,
, , ;
c)
, -
.
2. -
,
.
217
1. ,
,
, -
, ,
, -
,
,
. -
, ,
, *
2. , ,
, ,
, ,
1 -
, ,
, .
3 , ,
, ,
, 1, -
.
-
* -
-
, ,
, , -
*
- 122 -
4. , -
-
, 218,
220 220 ,
,
,
.
5* ,
,
*
,
.
6. pao-
, ,
. , -
-
, -
.
7. -
-
,
. :
8. ,
, ,
, ,
.
218
1.
- , -
, -
,
,
-
, -
-
.
2. 1 -
,
,
, -
, ,
- 123 -
, ,
-
, -
.
3. -
- , ,
,
,
1, , , -
, -
, ,
. -
, ,
, -
.
4-. ,
,
. ,
,
7 -
, -
,
* ,
,
, .
.
219
7 ,
, ,
, -
,
,
, , ,
,
.
-
.
- 124 -
220
1.
, 7
-
, -
- ,
-
.
2. , ,
,
,
, -
3 II
, , ,
, , ,
?
3. i , ,
,
, -
,
,
, ,
, , ,
.
4.
, , ,
3*
5 , ,
, ,
3 ,
,
, , -
, , -
-
.
- 125 -
6* , ,
-
, -
, 3> -
-
, -
, 7 , -
, , , -
*
7* 6, , -
-
, -
-
, ,
, ra .
8* 3* 4-, 51 6 7 -
, 6 211*
221
1. ,
, , ,
, ,
, ,
, , , -
, .
2 " " -
, , -
,
.
222
-
, , , -
,
126 -
, 1 212
,
, -
, -
-
, -
.
7.
223
,
, , -
, -
,
,
, . -
, , ^
,
.
224-
,
, -
, , ,
,
,
, .
225
, , -
-
, -
- , -
,
.
- 12? -
226
1. ) ,
, 216,
218 220. -
, -
, -
, , -
;
, :
i) ,
;
ii) -
-
;
iii)
.
b) -
,
,
.
c) -
, , -
,
,
. -
-
,
,
.
2. ,
, .
227
-
.
- 128 -
228
1. -
,
, -
, -
, , -
,
, ,
, -
,
* , -
, -
, -
, . -
, , ,
. , -
, ,
, -
.
2.
-
,
, , -
1.
3.
, -
, -
, .
229
-
,
.
- 129 -
230
1* -
-
, -
, -
.
2* -
-
, -
,
, -
.
3* ,
, , .
. *
231
, -
, -
,
, , -
,
.
, , -
.
232
, -
, 6,
-
. -
-
*
- 130 -
233
,
5? 6 7 -
, . , -
, ,
11
10, -
, 1 " "" 4-2,
,
, ,
mutatis mutandis
.
8.
234
-
, -
,
,
, ;
-
.
.
9-
233
1. -
. -
.
2. , -
*
, -
.
- 131 -
, , -
-
, ,
,
, ,
, ,
.
10.
236
,
, , --
, , -
-
, -
-
, , ,
, -
, ,
.
11.
237
1. -
, -
, -
, ,
, .
2. ,
,
-
.
- 132 -
XIII
1.
236
, ,
, .
239
-
*
240
:
a)
;
b) -
, -
;
c) -
,
;
d)
,
, .
- 133 -
-
.
2.
242
1. -
-
-
.
2. -
-
- -
,
-
.
243
-
, , ,
244
1. -
-
-
, *
- 134 -
2. , -
-
-
, -
, , -
, ,
.
3-
24-5
, -
. -
' -
,
246
I.
,
-
.
?.
-
.
.3.
-
-
''-'
.-.:
*.-.:
.
i- , ,
. .
- 135 -
4. 3
,
, *
5* , ,
-
-
, :
a) -
, ;
b) , -
;
c) ,
, , -
60 80;
d) ,
248, ,
, -
, -
.
6. 5 -
-
"" - -
, -
200
,
,
,
.
, ,
,
*
7. -
, ??
8* , -
, -
, -
, .
- 136 -
247
- ,
, ,
-
- ,
-
, ,
, -
, -
, -
*
248
, -
-
,
-
:
a) ;
b) , ,
, , ;
c) , -
;
d)
-
; s
e) ,
, , ;
f) ,
.
- 13? -
249
1,
:
a) ,
, -
, -
- ,
, -
;
b)
, -
,
;
c)
,
- ,
, , , -
;
d)
, ,
, ;
e) , 2,
;
f)
;
g) , --
, .
2* , -
-
5 246, -
, -
.
- 138 -
25
-
-
, -
.
251
-
*
232
-
-
-
248 -
, , -
,
, :
a)
246;
b) , -
, , -
, ;
c) , -
, 248 249;
d) , -
249 --
, -
*
253
1. -
-
-
, :
- 139 -
a) -
, -
248,
;
b)
24-9 -
- *
2*
246,
-
. -
3*
, ,
1,
*
4
,
, -
, -
, *
5* 1 -
,
, -
-
, 248 249*
254
1* , -
-
, 3 246, -
*
- 140 -
2.
--
, 246
, -
, ,
-
, ,
, 246
1"f 249.
3* -
, , e
, ,
-
,
,
, -
-
-
, *
4. ,
1,
,
, , 1 ""
249 2 .
233
,
,
, -
,
,
.
236
, ,
-
XI .
237
""
, ,
.
4. -
238
-
-
,
.
239
.
, -
.
260
-
, 5^0 . -
.
261
-
-
.
262
: - -
, ,
-
,
, : .
5-
263
1.
, ,
, .
2.
, -
, -
,
, , -
.
3.
235 ,
,
.
6.
264
, -
, , -
2 3 .
263
' 2 3
, -
- , -
-
.
- 143 -
XIV,
1*
266
1* -
-
*
2. --
, -
, *
, , -
, -
,
, ,
, -
, - -
*
$
26?
, 266,
, ,
, ,
*
268
-
:
a) , -
;
b) ;
c)
;
- 144 -
d
)
,
;
e
) , -
, *
26?
, 268 , -
-
, :
a)
,
-
,
,
, -
-
-
;
b) -
, -
;
c) , -
- ,
;
d) ,
;
)
, *
2*
-
, ,
,
, -
, ,
, -
*
271
,,
-
, , -
, , , -
*
272
, -
,
, -
,
.
-
,
*
, ,
, ,
, :
a) -
,
-
, , -
, - ,
;
b)
, , ,
, -
;
- 146 -
<0 ,
,
,
,
"-", ;
d) ,
,
, ,
, "-" -
, *
3.
-
! -
, -
, --
-
, -
-
, -
*
2. -
,
,
"-", -
, .
276
! -
, -
,
, -
, -
-
.
2. -
.
- 147 -
277
, :
a)
-
, , , -
,^ ,
, ,
, ;
b) ;
c)
, -
;
d
) ,
;
) -
;
f) -
-
;
g) ,
-
;
) -
,
;
i)
*
4.
278
, E
XIII,
-
*
- 148 -
1
279
- , -
, -
2 -
1 33 *
280
-
,
,
*
281
1. -, ,
,
,
, -
-
2. ,
1
282
-, , -
,
,
- ,
, ,
, .
- 149 -
283
1* - , -
,
2. ,
.
284
1. -, , -
,
-
-
, 1 V, -
.
2. -
,
.
3*
,
.
4. -
,
, -
, .
28^
, ,gflffH^
"" XI '~
,
5 XI -
, .
- , , -,
mutatis mutandis
- 150 -
2. ,
286
%
3 ,
,
1,
*
287
1* , -
,
:
) ,
VI;
) ;
) -
VII;
d) ,
VIII, ,
*
2. , 1,
-
, ,
, 5 XI,
.
3. -, , -
, -
VII.
4.
,
, .
5
,
VII, .
- 151 -
6. , 1,
-
.
7. ,
-
, -
, *
8. , ,
, -*
288
1* . , 28?, -
,
, -
*
2. , 28?,
, -
, -
, .
3* , ,
, -
TI, , 5
XI, ,
*
4 ,
,
*
289
, ,
,
, -
, ,
2 1,
, .
- 152 -
290
1. , -
, prima facie
5 XI, -
, ,
,
-
*
2. ,
,
. ,
, -
4-, , -
-
-, .
5 ,
,
,
,
, -
, , ,
,
, prima facie , -
, -
* , -
, ,
, 1-4-.
6.
, *
291
1* ,
, -.
2. , -
, , , -,
.
- 153 -
22
1 , -
-, -
, -
-
,
,
, -
, 28?,
, -
.
2* -
*
3
, *
*
4. -
, , -
.
23
1. , -
, -
, ,,
2 1 , -
,
ex aequo et bono, *
! , 28? -
, 297
,
,
prima facie -
. ,
-
prima facie ,
.
2. -
'
,
1.
3
-
.
293
-, -
, -
, ,
-
, .
296
1. , , -
,
.
2*
.
3. 2
297
2
1. ,
, -
, , 2,
:
- 155 -
a) , -
58
, -
-
;
b) , ,
,
, ,
-
, ;
) , -
,
,
-
,
2. ) , -
,
2 ,
, -
, :
i) -
-
246;
ii)
-
253.
) , -
, - -
246 253 -
, -
2 V
,
-
, 6 246,
5 .
3. ) , -
, , -
2 , , -
, -
-
,
- 156 -
, , -
*
b) 1
,
2 ,
, :
i)
,
;
ii) ,
, -
,
;
lu)
-
62, 69 70 ,
, -
,
.
c)
*
d) -
*
e)
69 70 -, -
, , ,
-
, ,
, *
- 157 -
298
2
! , -
,
, 1,
, , -
2,
:
a) i) ,
15, 7^ 83, -
, , -
, ,
, ,
, -
,
,
,
2 ; -
,
,
,
;
u) -
,
, ,
;
,
, 2,
;
i)
, -
,
, ,
-
, -
;
b) , ,
, -
, ,
- 158 -
-
,
2 3 29?;
) , -
,
,
-
, -
.
2. -,
1,
, , -
, .
3. -,
1, , -
, - ,
, - -
.
4. - -
1 "", - -
, , , -
.
5. -
-
, .
6.
-
, -
.
299
^,.^
1. , 297
, 296, -
, 2,
.
2.
-
.
- 159 -
300
-
-
, ,
, .
> 301
-
-
-
, -
, .
302
- - -
^ , -
,
- , -
, ,
.
303
,
I. -
, ,
.
2*
, 33, ,
, ,
,
.
- 160 -
3. -
, ,
, ,
, ,
4.
, -
.
304
, *
- 161 -
303
1. :
a) ;
b) -
;
c) ,
, -
-
1514- ()
, -
, ,
, ;
d) -
, -
, ,
,
;
e) , -
,
, -
1514 (2) ,
, -
, ,
;
*) IX.
2.
9 1984 ,
I I9&3 9 1984
-.
- 162 -
306
-
, 1 " **9 "", " d "
"" 305, -
IX , 1 " f "
. -
-
.
307
, n
n
305. -
, 1 f 30?,
IX. -
.
308
1. 12
.
2. , -
-
, -
-
-
1.
3.
.
161 ,
, , .
4. , , -
,
XI.
- 163 -
5* -
II
, *
309
, , -
.
310
309 , -
-
, ,
, ,
-
-
.
311
1. -
-
29 1958 .
2. -
-, , -
,
-
.
3. - -
, -
,
, , -
, , -
, ,
-
-
.
- 164 -
4. -, ,
3, -
, .
5 ,
.
6. - ,
,
, 136,
- .
312
1. 10
-
-
, , ,
. -
-. 12 -
-
,
.
2. ,
, , , -
, .
, -
, -
.
_313
1. - -
-
, -
, ,
, , -
. -
-.
- 165 -
2. 12 -
- -
,
. -
- -
.
12 -
-
,
.
- ,
314-
,
JPa
1. - -
-
,
, 4- VI.
-.
. -
-
. , -
, ,
2. I
,
,
""
1.
- 12
-,
2 306, 307 320
.
- 166 -
316
1. , ,
5, -,
,
- 60 -
-, ,
. -
- -
*
2 * ,
,
.
3. -,
, 1,
-
,
.
4. ,
1,
:
a)
;
b) -
-, *
5. ,
~ , VI
- -
-.
6. ,
5,
.
- 167 -
SI?
1. - :!?; -
-
:: :-;
. -
. : :: :
, E
.
2. :i
, , -
, , -
, :
,
.
3.
-
, u
:! .
318
-
,
, , -
us
.
319
1. 1.!::
; .
2. :: , :
) ^ -, -
^. ,
!*::!:: ;
- 168 -
b)
-
, ;
c) - -
4- 311;
-
,
;
) -
.
3, ) ,
1$6:
i) , 2 "";
il) , 2 "";
iii) ,
2 w an.
) -
-
, 2 "
320
, ,
, , , -
, 2
30$ -
.
,
, *
-
.
- 169 -
I.
1. : Thunnus alalunga
2 : Thunnus thynnus
3, : Thunnus obesus
4. : Katsuwonus pelamis
5 : Thunnus albacares
6 : Thunnus atlnticas
8* : Thunnus maccoyii
10. : Bramidae
17* ( ): Physeteridae;
Balaenopteridae; Balaenidae;
Eschrichtiidae; Monodontidae; Ziphiidae;
Delphinidae.
II.
1
76
200
.
2
1. 21 , -
, ,
-
-
,
.
2.
,
*
-
-
.
-
-.
3. -
, -
. ,
- , ,
, ,
-
-.
.
4. .
.
5. -,
, -
, . -
,
, 1 "" 3 -
. -
.
- 171. -
3
1. :
a)
-
, 200
, 76 -
, 29 1980
;
b) -
, * ".in.
2. , -
,
, -
- , -
.
4
,
76
200 , -
- -
, -
.
, --
.
5
,
, ,
. -
, ,
,
- -
, ,
,
, . -
, , -
.
- 172 -
1. .
2. -
-
.
3.
, , -
*
7
-
8 76 -
*
*
9
, -
.
III. ,
1
.
2
1. ) .
b) -
,
, -
, 143 144,
, -
. -
,
.
c)
*
2. - -
.
.
3
1. , - , -
" " 53, -
, *
2.
,
9
.
3. ,
, 3 153
, .
4. :
a)
, ;
b) -
4 153;
c) ,
, ,
-
, . , ,
,
,
0
5* , -
, ,
, -
*
4
1. , , -
,
, 2 153,
-
, , *
2. 6,
*
- , -
, , -
,
, -
- ,
, -
- ,
- *
-
, .
4.
13
, ,
, -
-
. -
, , ,
, -
, - ,
, -
-
, .
5. -, -
, .
6. ,
:
a) ,
XI, , ,
, , -
;
b) -
, ;
c) ,
;
d) ,
5 .
5
1 -
,
,
,
.
2.
, 1,
, -
.
- 176 -
3,
:
a)
, -
, , -
*
,
, *
,
,
-
;
b)
,
,
"11, , -
, ,
,
, . ,
;
c)
, -
,
, -
, -
. -
, -
. , -
,
-
;
, ""
-
,
;
- 177 -
e)
, -
9 , , -
"", " ", "" " <* ", ,
, -
,
, , ,
,
. -
-
,
opa *
4- , , 3,
,
XI, -
-
18 . ,
,
-
-
, -
, . ,
, -
4-5 ,
,
- 18
5. -
,
-
, -
, , -
, , , -
, -,
.
,
-
. -
.
6.
.
- 178 -
7. , 3,
10
,
8. "" -
"-", -
, , , -
, ,
, -
6
1. -
, - ,
.
2.
:
a) ,
4 , -
, .
- -
4$
;
b) -
4 .
3.
. -
, -
, , -
, ,,
.
, ,
, ,
, , :
) ,
, -
,
;
- 179 -
b)
, ,
2 "" 162;
c) -
-, :
i) -
, ,
,
30
400 000 . ,
,
;
) -
,
2 ,
-
2 ""
162.
4. , 3 "",
, , -
pro rata -
3 4 .
, 3 "",
, - -
, , -
- .
5 3 "",
, 3 151, ,
, ,
, ,
,
.
.4
- 180 -
7
1.
,
, -
-
, -
, 1?1.
2.
-
, 2-7 151, -
,
, , -
1 151, -
,
, .
3. 2
, :
a)
,
,
;
b)
,
;
c)
.
4. , ,
, -
.
5. -
-, -
, -
, -
.
- 181 -
6. -
, -
, .
7-
.
8
, ,
, -
,
,
, -
. ,
,
, .
17
, ,
, , -
. 4-5
, -
.
4-5 ,
, ,
,
.
.
1. ,
.
,
, -
4, . -
.
.
- 182 -
2.
12 .
, -
""
153 -
-,
,
3. , -
.
4. -, -
, ,
-
-, ,
, -
6 -
. ,
1 ,
10
,
, 4- " 3
,
.
.
11
1.
-
,
, -
, , .
2. ,
, ,
13 .
- 183 -
3.
, 13 , -
, ,
.
12
%
I. ,
2 "" 153* XI, ,
.
2* , ,
, .
13
! , ,
, -
2 "" 153
XI ,
:
a)
;
b)
;
c) -
;
d)
,
::
, -
;
e)
, -
2 "" 153;
f) , ,
14 -
, 19 -
, II
,
, -
.
- 184 -
2. ,
, ,
500 000 . .
,
*
, ,
, -
.
3.
I . . . -
151, -
. -
-
.
4,
3
:
a) ;
b)
.
5. )
, -
, , ,
; -
:
i) 1 10 -
5
) 11- -
12
) -
, -
, , ,
, -
7 8.
- 185 -
6.
,
:
a) -
"
,
, , . -
:
i) -
2
il) -
4
,
"d", ,
", 15
4 , -
2, 4 -
.
b) -
,
, , ,
, -
- 7 8.
c) i)
,
,
,
;
- 186 -
:
*
,
, 10 35 4-0
,
,
10 ,
20 4-2,5 50
9
,
20 50 70
d) i) , -
"" "",
,
,
. ,
,
-
-
-
10 , -
,
-
. , -
, ,
-
. -
-
-
"".
- 187 -
il ) -
-
.
e) " "
-
-
. ,
,
, ,
,
25
.
, , , -
, ,
, , , ,
,
, , -
25- ;
f) " 11 -
"J11;
) i) , -
, -
,
11
" -
,
,
;
ii) ,
ii:L
"g" 0- ) " " ( ), "-
"
, -
,
, ,
, -
,
;
- 188 -
h) " " :
i) ,
,
,
,
, ,
,
, , , -
, , ,
, , , ,
, , -
, , -
, ;
il) , , (i)
,
, ,
;
i) -
,
,
.
, -
;
j) ,
, " h"(i)
" (iv), ,
.
opa , -
"h"(ii) "n"(iv),
;
k) " "
,
,
, -
, ,
, ,
, ,
, , , , , , -
, , -
, ,
, ,
- 189 -
, ,
.
,
,
;
l) ,
,
, "
" ,
, -
,
, , ,
, , ,
,, , ,
,
;
m) " "
.
-
-
;
) :
i) " "
;
) " " -
" f";
iii) " " -
, -
-
, ;
iv) " " -
, -
, -
"h " (i ), ,
,
"h" ( ii;, -
,
, -
;
- 190 -
v) " "
,
"11, -
,
, ,
;
vi) " "
.
-
-
;
) , "h", "k", 1w "
, ,
, -
1 4- -
;
) , , -
-
, .
7. ) " ", 5 6,
,
.
, -
, ,
, " "
,
;
) -
, ,
, , -
5 " " 6 " ",
,
-
, , -
.
8.
,
,
.
-
Q.
- 9I -
9. ) , , ,
,
. -
,
;
)
,
, -
,
, -
, ,
,
.
10. -
,
, , -
.
11. , , ,
, , -
,
.
12. 5 6
, , -
,
-
.
5 " 11 . , -
,
,
.
13. ,
, , , , -
, -
.
, 1, ,
, , -
, -
.
- 192 -
15
-
) ,
2 188
14
1*
, ,
,
-
,
.
2. , , -
, -
, . ,
, ,
, -
, .
3. , , -
, -
,
, , -
, . , -
,
.
1
-
,
,
, 2 144.
16
XI , -
, ,
,
- 193 -
, -
, , -
. -
6 153.
17
,
1. 2 " fn (ii) 160
2 "" (il) 162
, , -
XI, :
a) , , -
;
b) :
i) ;
ii) ;
iii) , ,
6 "" 4 -
;
iv) ;
v) ;
vi) ;
vil) ;
viii) e ;
ii)
;
) ;
xi)
144 -
; 1
xii) , -
,
,
;
- 194- -
xiii) ;
xiv) ;
c) :
i)
;
) ;
i) , 13 -
;
d) ,
151 2 " d" 164.
2. , -
, :
a) :
-
, -
, .
,
8 ,
151
, -
-
* , ,
.
b) :
i) -
;
)
,
,
,
;
- 195 -
iii) ::
!.: ^' -
:: , :;
, c^oi; ;!
.
-
,
,
:;; -
.
, -
.
::
,
, i:
, ;: -
.
) :
, ^/
,
, , , -
,
, . -
,
!: ,
::; , , -
.
. -
, ::
:.:::-;
. ,
, -
.
. -
;; -
-
: .
- 196 -
d) :
,
, ,
, :
i)
;
ii) -
-
,
.
-
.
e) :
, -
, -
, .
f) :
,
,
, ,
,
, ,
,
, .
g) :
, -
, , , -
, ,
, ,
.
- 197 -
18
1.
:
a) , ,
,
,
, XI , ;
b) -
*
2. ,
I ", -
I ""
, .
3. ,
2 "w" 162, -
, , -
, -
-
, 5 XI
19
1. , -
, , , -
,
, XI,
.
2. , 3
153, .
20
, , -
, -
.
,
- 198 -
, , -
,
3 "" 6 .
21
1. , , -
, XI -
, *
2. , -
,
-
-*
3. - -
, XI.
- , ,
, ,
,
, ,
2 " f " 17 , -
XI,
22
,
,
, -
^ *
, ,
,
2 168,
- .
.
- 199 -
IY.
1
1. , -
2 "
153, ,
, .
2.
, -
, .
3 1
, ,
.
2
1. 1?0
.
2. 1
.
3.
.
il
.
4
, ,
.
- 200 -
3
le , -
2 "" 160. -
-
,, -
-
,
2.
, *
3. ,
.
-
, 2 " -
160
4. . -
.
-
.
5 , -
. -
.
6. , ,
,
7. .
8. .
, ,
. -
- ,
.
9 -
, -
. -
- 201 -
6
. -
, -
, -
:
a) ;
b) ;
c)
153 -
2 "J" 162;
d) -
, 170;
e)
2-7 151;
) ,
, "", ""
" d 3 5 III, -
;
g) -
-
, 9 11 -
III, ;
h) , -
-
2 " 160 10 -
;
i) ;
j) -
3 12 ;
)
9 ;
1) -
, , -
, -
;
- 202 -
) -
, -
2 11 ;
) ,
,
13 ;
) -
.
7
1. -
, -
.
, ,
.
2.
.
, , -
, "1"
6 . -
, , -
.
3. -
, ,
.
.
4.
,
. ,
, . -
-
-
.
5 , 2 166,
.
- 203 -
6
.
-
- .
9
1. -
, -
, -
,
, .
2. -
, .
"$ ,
, .
10
.
1.
13 III .
2. ,
.
.
* , ,
,
10 ,
, 1,
.
11
1. :
) ,
2 %" 173;
- 204 -
b) -
;
c) ,
2 3;
d) ;
e) , , -
.
2. ) -
, -
.
- -
. -
.
) -
.
' ) ,
, ,
,
, , -
. -
-
, .
b) -
, , -
"" , -
-
, -
,
. , -
, --
.
c) -
,
"",
, -
"" "",
.
- 205 -
d) i) -
-
, , ,
-
- -
" ".
,
-
-
, -
170 12 .
-
, -
" " .
,
,
.
iv) -
-
" " .
e) i ) - -
-
,
, " ".
) -
, ,
-
.
- 206 -
f)
. -
, , -
.
,
,
,
, .
g) , , -
,
.
,
. -
, 2, -
,
.
h) " " -
pro rata
, -
, - -
-
. -
, .
4. ,
, . -
, ,
, -
.
5 , ,
, -
, .
12
1. -
170.
153, -
,
2.
,
1.
- 20? -
3. ) ,
, *
-
, ,
;
b) , -
, :
1)
,
;
u) ,
,
, ,
, -
;
c) ,
, , -
, -
.
4.
.
5*
. .
6. , -
,
, .
7.
- -; -
- -
. -
, ,
, 1 .
- 208 -
15
,
1*
-, ,
, -
-
, *
2, , -
, ,
, :
a) , -
,
;
b) , ,
;
c) *
3* ) -
-,
:
i) ;
;
lu)
;
iv) ;
v
) -
*
) , -
,
, -
*
4. ) , -
, ,
, -
;
- 209 -
b) , -
' , -
, , ;
c)
, -
;
d) - ,
, ,
,
. ,
, ,
, -
. -
,
-
;
e) -
, , ,
, ,
.
5. , -
.
6. -
-
, , -
' .
7 ,
, , -
, 1.
- 210 -
V*
1.
1 IV
1
284
, -
,
,
*
2
* -
,
, -
*
* - , -
- - ,
, - -
*
, -
, -
, ,
,
:
a) "g"
;
b) , -
, -
2 ,
,
* 1
;
- 2I -
c)
, "", 21
, 1 -
. -
, , ,
-
,
"";
d) 30
, -
2 , -
, -
-
-
"";
e) 30
"" "d"
, 2 ;
f) , -
;
g) , ,
, -
. , -
-
, ;
h) , -
,
, "a"-"f" -
.
4-
, ,
, -
-
.
,
.
- 212 -
3
,
.
6
, -
-
.
7
1. 12
. ,
,
, , ,
, , -
-
.
2. , ,
.
8
,
,
, ,
.
9
.
- 213 -
10
>
, -
, .
2.
11
1. ,
, , ^-
, -
.
2. , -
1, -
.
12
-
.
13
^
,
.
14-
1
2-10 1 .
TI.
1
1. -
.
2.
.
3*
, .
4. XI
XV.
1.
2
1. 21
, ,
*
2. -
-
.
1.
. , -
,
, -
.
2. -
, -
.
- 215 -
4-
1. -
, , 2
. ,
.
2.
- - -
- -
.
, ,
-, -
, -
, .
3. -
.
4. .
-,
,
, -, -
. -
- . -
, ,
-
,
-.
3
1.
, ,
,
.
2. -
,
.
3.
.
, *
- 216 -
4.
.
.
6
1. , -
, -
:
, 4- -
, -
-.
2. , ,
, -
.
7
1. - -
-
,
.
2. -
, - .
3
.
8
,,
1.
- , -
,
, .
2. - ,
,
.
- 217 -
3. , - -
-
, .
4.
.
9
,
-
,
.
10
.
11
, -
.
12
,
1.
; .
2.
,
.
3-
.
- 218 -
1,3
1. ,
11
.
2. 17 ,
, , -
,
,
14 15 .
3. , , -
, ,
14 ,
15 .
14
,
4
, . -
, , 5 XI.
13
1. ( ,
,
.
2.
, .
.
3. -
, -
.
, ,
.
4. , -
, .
3* , , -
14 ,
.
- 219 -
16
, -
. , ,
.
17
1. ,
, -
.
2. -
, ,
-
.
5. -
, ,
-
.
4. ,
14 15 .
-
, ,
, -
, , , ,
.
5. ,
.
.
6. , 2, 3 4
, ,
2, 8 11 .
.
- 220 -
18
1.
, ,
, -
, -
.
2. -
.
3.
, .
4. 17 ,
,
.
5* , -
-
.
.
6. -
.
7. , -, -
,
, , -
.
8. ,
.
19
1. -
, --
.
2. , ,
, - ,
,
.
- 221 -
2.
20
1. -.
2. , -
, , XI,
,
, ,
.
21
, -
, ,
, -
.
22
.
-
, , , -
-
, -
.
23
293
- 222 -
5-
24
1.
-
, . -
.
2. -
.
3. -.
23
1. 290 -
, ,
*
2.
, , -
, 5
15 . 4 15
,
.
.
26
1. ,
, - .
, , -
.
2. ,
, .
- 223 -
27
, -
,
, , -
.
26
, -
. -
-
. , -
, ,
, , -
.
29
1.
.
2.
.
50
1. ,
.
2. , -
.
3. , , -
, *
.
4. . -
*
- 224 -
31
1 - , -
- -
, -
.
2. *
3* ,
- , ,
- .
32
1.
-
-
2. , 21
22 ,
*
3* , 1 2,
; ,
, ,
*
33
1* -
*
2*
*
3*
*
- 225 -
34
,
*
4.
35
1. , ,
14 , 11 ,
*
2*
-
* -
, *
3* -
*
4 ,
,
*
5* -
, , -
*
6,
,
*
?
, *
- 226 -
36
ad hoc
! , ,
ad hoc - *
, 1 ""
188. ,
, .
2. ad hoc,
,
. -
, -
, , -
-
*
3 ad hoc -
*
37
-,
, 5 XI.
36
293 :
a) , ,
;
b) , ,
, .
39
-
- ,
-, -
.
- 22? -
40
1* , -
, *
2. , -
,
, ,
*
5*
41
1. ,
4, 3X3
*
*
2* 4
314.
3*
, ,
-
1 2.
- 228 -
.
I
3TV -
, -
, -
.
.
2
1. -
. - -
,
,
.
.
2. - , -
- ,
,
.
3. ,
-,
,
, .
3
,
,
:
a) " e "
.
b) , ,
, , -
2 , .
, 1
.
- 229 -
c) , 30 -
, 1 -
, ,
.
, , , '
,
"".
d)
.
, .
. 60 , -
1 ,
-
, , ,
"".
60- .
e) ,
"" " d " -
, -
. -
,
,
- . -
, ,
, 2 , 30-
. -
-
.
,
.
g) , ,
.
, -
,
. , -
, ,
, .
fl
h) -
a"-"f" .
- 230 -
4"
, -
,
.
3
,
, -
.
6
,
-
:
a) -
, ,
b)
, .
7
-
, , -
, .
8
*
-
*
.
- 231 -
9
-
, -
.
. , *
, ,
, ,
.
10
-
, .
.
.
11
,
. -
.
12
1. ,
,
,
. -
,
*
2.
28?
.
- 232 -
13
-
autatie Mutandis
* , -
-.
- 233 -
Till.
I
, -
, -
1) , 2} ,
3) 4) , -
, -
,
,
.
.
2
1. : 1) ,
2) , 3) -
4) ,
, - .
2. -
- -
, - -
,
- -
, ,
-
- ,
, .
3 -
,
,
-
.
.
4. - , -
- ,
, -
.
- 234 -
5 ,
-,
.
, , -
.
3
-
, ,
:
a) " e"
.
b) , ,
, -
, 2 -
, -
. ,
1 *
c) , 30 -
, 1 -
, ,
, ,
.
, , -
,
, -
"".
d
)
, -
,
. 30
, 1
,
, -
"". -
30--
.
- 235 -
e) ,
- -
,
30
"" <*". , -
, -
, 2
,
. -
-
.
f) , -
.
) , ,
.
, -
,
.
h) -
""-"?" .
4-
4-13 TCI mutatis mutandis -
.
3
1. , -
, 1) , 2)
, 3)
4-) , -
, ,
2 , -
, .
2. ,
, 1, -
.
- 236 -
3.
, , ,
, .
4. 2 -
,
.
- 237 -
.
1
" "
305 "-
" -
, - -
, , -
, .
2
,
- .
,
-
,
-, ,
.
1.
,
-
.
2. , ,
, 4 5 -
.
4
*
1. ,
, -
,
,
-,
.
- 238 -
2.
, -
, ,
5 .
3. -
,
-, -
, ,
- .
-
, .
4.
, -
-, ,
: , ,
.
5.
- , ,
- , --
.
6.
, -
, , -
, .
3
,
1.
,
, ,
-
-, .
2. -
-
, , ,
, , -
, -
.
- 239 -
3. , -, -
- , -
, ,
, -
, -
.
'* -,
- , -
-
, -
, 1 2.
5 -
-, -
,
, -
. --
.
- -
.
6. ,
.
6
1. , 5 -
, -
.
2. -
-, -
- , -
, -
. - -
. -
.
7
1. -
,
, 1 "", "" "d"
28?.
- 240 -
2. XV mutatis mutandis
, -
.
3. -
- ,
, , -
, -;
, - -
287, ,
-
.
8
XVII
XVII mutadis mutandis -
, :
a) -
-
1 308;
b) i)
-
312-315 ,
5 -
,
;
ii) -
, -
, -
-
, -
-, -
,
1, 2 3 316;
iii)
-
-
1 2 316;
e) i)
31?
- -
-
, -
1 ;
il)
, -
-
,
1 . -
.
CONVENCIN DE LAS NACIONES UNIDAS
SOBRE EL DERECHO DEL MAR
-1-
PARTE I
INTRODUCCIN
Artculo 1
A.
-4-
PARTE II
Artculo 2
Artculo 3
Anchura del mar territorial
Todo Estado tiene derecho a establecer la anchura de su mar territorial hasta
un lmite que no exceda de 12 millas marinas medidas a partir de lneas de base
determinadas de conformidad con esta Convencin.
Artculo 4
Limite exterior del mar territorial
El lmite exterior del mar territorial es la linea cada uno de cuyos puntos
est, del punto ms prximo de la lnea de base, a una distancia igual a la anchura
del mar territorial.
Artculo 5
Lnea de base normal
Salvo disposicin en contrario de esta Convencin, la lnea de base normal
para medir la anchura del mar territorial es la lnea de bajamar a lo largo de la
costa, tal como aparece marcada mediante el signo apropiado en cartas a gran escala
reconocidas oficialmente por el Estado ribereo.
A..
-5-
Ar tic alo 6
Arrecifes
En el caso de islas situadas en atolones o de islas bordeadas por arrecifes,
la lnea de base para medir la anchura del mar territorial es la lnea de bajamar
del lado del arrecife que da al mar, tal como aparece marcada mediante el signo
apropiado en cartas reconocidas oficialmente por el Estado ribereo.
Articulo 7
Lneas de base rectas
1. En los lugares en que la costa tenga profundas aberturas y escotaduras o
en los que haya una franja de islas a lo largo de la costa situada en su proximidad
inmediata, puede adoptarse, como mtodo para trazar la lnea de base desde la que
ha de medirse el mar territorial, el de lneas de base rectas que unan los puntos
apropiados.
2. En los casos en que, por la existencia de un delta y de otros accidentes
naturales, la lnea de la costa sea muy inestable, los puntos apropiados pueden
elegirse a lo largo de la lnea de bajamar ms alejada mar afuera y, aunque la
lnea de bajamar retroceda ulteriormente, las lneas de base rectas seguirn en
vigor hasta que las modifique el Estado ribereo de conformidad con esta Convencin,
3. El trazado de las lneas de base rectas no debe apartarse de una manera
apreciable de la direccin general de la costa, y las zonas de mar situadas del
lado de tierra de esas lneas han de estar suficientemente vinculadas al dominio
terrestre para estar sometidas al rgimen de las aguas interiores.
4. Las lneas de base rectas no se trazarn hacia ni desde elevaciones que
emerjan en bajamar, a menos que se hayan construido sobre ellas faros o
instalaciones anlogas que se encuentren constantemente sobre el nivel del agua, o
que el trazado de lneas de base hacia o desde elevaciones que emerjan en bajamar
haya sido objeto de un reconocimiento internacional general.
5. Cuando el mtodo de lneas de base rectas sea aplicable segn el
prrafo 1, al trazar determinadas lneas de base podrn tenerse en cuenta los
intereses econmicos propios de la regin de que se trate cuya realidad e
importancia estn claramente demostradas por un uso prolongado.
6. El sistema de lneas de base rectas no puede ser aplicado por un Estado
de forma que aisle el mar territorial de otro Estado de la alta mar o de una zona
econmica exclusiva.
Artculo 8
Aguas interiores
1. Salvo lo dispuesto en la Parte IV, las aguas situadas en el interior de
la lnea de base del mar territorial forman parte de las aguas interiores del
Estado.
-6-
Artculo 10
Bahas
1. Este articulo se refiere nicamente a las bahas cuyas costas pertenecen
un solo Estado.
2. Para los efectos de esta Convencin, una baha es toda escotadura bien
determinada cuya penetracin tierra adentro, en relacin con la anchura de su boca,
es tal que contiene aguas cercadas por la costa y constituye algo ms que una
simple inflexin de sta. Sin embargo, la escotadura no se considerar una baha
i su superficie no es igual o superior a la de un semicrculo que tenga por
dimetro la boca de dicha escotadura.
3. Para los efectos de su medicin, la superficie de una escotadura es la
comprendida entre la lnea de bajamar que sigue la costa de la escotadura y una
lnea que una las lneas de bajamar de sus puntos naturales de entrada. Cuando,
debido a la existencia de islas, una escotadura tenga ms de una entrada, el
semicrculo se trazar tomando como dimetro la suma de las longitudes de las
lneas que cierran todas las entradas. La superficie de las islas situadas dentro
de una escotadura se considerar comprendida en la superficie total de sta.
4. Si la distancia entre las lneas de bajamar de los puntos naturales de
entrada de una baha no excede de 24 millas marinas, se podr trazar una lnea de
demarcacin entre las dos lneas de bajamar y las aguas que queden as encerradas
eran consideradas aguas interiores.
5. CUando la distancia entre las lneas de bajamar de los puntos naturales
de entrada de una baha exceda de 24 millas marinas, se trazar dentro de la baha
una lnea de base recta de 24 millas marinas de manera que encierre la mayor
superficie de agua que sea posible con una linea de esa longitud.
6. Las disposiciones anteriores no se aplican a las bahas llamadas
"histricas", ni tampoco en los casos en que se aplique el sistema de las lneas de
base rectas previsto en el artculo 7.
-7-
Articulo 11
Puertos
Para los efectos de la delimitacin del mar territorial, las construcciones
portuarias permanentes ms alejadas de la costa que formen parte integrante del
sistema portuario se consideran parte de sta. Las instalaciones costa afuera y
las islas artificiales no se considerarn construcciones portuarias permanentes.
Artculo 12
Radas
Las radas utilizadas normalmente para la carga, descarga y fondeo de buques,
que de otro modo estaran situadas en todo o en parte fuera del trazado general del
lmite exterior del mar territorial, estn comprendidas en el mar territorial.
Artculo 13
Elevacione en bajamar
Artculo 14
Combinacin de mtodos para determinar las lneas de base
El Estado ribereflo podr determinar las lneas de base combinando cualesquiera
de los mtodos establecidos en los artculos precedentes, segn las circunstancias.
Artculo 15
Delimitacin del mar territorial entre Estados, con costas adyacentes
o situadas frente a frente
Cuando las costas de dos Estados sean adyacentes o se hallen situadas frente a
frente, ninguno de dichos Estados tendr derecho, salvo acuerdo en contrario, a
extender su mar territorial ms all de una lnea media cuyos puntos sean
equidistantes de los puntos ms prximos de las lneas de base a partir de las
cuales se mida la anchura del mar territorial de cada uno de esos Estados. No
obstante, esta disposicin no ser aplicable cuando, por la existencia de derechos
histricos o por otras circunstancias especiales, sea necesario delimitar el mar
territorial de ambos Estados en otra forma.
-8-
Articulo 16
Artculo 17
Con sujecin a esta Convencin, los buques de todos los Estados, sean
ribereos o sin litoral, gozan del derecho de paso inocente a travs del mar
territorial.
Artculo 18
Significado de paso
1. Se entiende por paso el hecho de navegar por el mar territorial con el
fin det
a) Atravesar dicho mar sin penetrar en las aguas interiores ni hacer escala
en una rada o una instalacin portuaria fuera de las aguas interiores; o
b) Dirigirse hacia las aguas interiores o salir de ellas, o hacer escala en
una de esas radas o instalaciones portuarias o salir de ella.
2. El paso ser rpido e ininterrumpido. No obstante, el paso comprende la
detencin y el fondeo, pero slo en la medida en que constituyan incidentes
normales de la navegacin o sean impuestos al buque por fuerza mayor o dificultad
grave o se realicen con el fin de prestar auxilio a personas, buques o aeronaves en
peligro o en dificultad grave.
-9-
Artculo 19
Significado de paso inocente
1. El paso inocente mientras no sea perjudicial para la paz, el buen
orden o la seguridad del Estado ribereo. Ese paso se efectuar con arreglo a esta
Convencin y otras normas de derecho internacional.
2. Se considerar que el paso de un buque extranjero es perjudicial para la
pas, el buen orden o la seguridad del Estado ribereo si ese buque realia, en el
mar territorial, alguna de las actividades que se indican a continuacin!
a) Cualquier amenaza o uso de la fuerza contra la soberana, la integridad
territorial o la independencia poltica del Estado ribereo o que de cualquier otra
forma viole los principios de derecho internacional incorporados en la Carta de las
Naciones Unidas;
b) Cualquier ejercicio o prctica con armas de cualquier clase
c) Cualquier acto destinado a obtener informacin en perjuicio de la defensa
o la seguridad del Estado ribereo
d) Cualquier acto de propaganda destinado a atentar contra la defensa o la
seguridad del Estado ribereffof
e) El lanzamiento, recepcin o embarque de aeronaves;
f) El lanzamiento, recepcin o embarque de dispositivos militaresi
g) El embarco o desembarco de cualquier producto, moneda o persona, en
contravencin de las leyes y reglamentos aduaneros, fiscales, de inmigracin o
sanitarios del Estado ribereo
h) Cualquier acto de contaminacin intencional y grave contrario a esta
Convencin;
i) Cualesquiera actividades de pesca;
j) La realizacin de actividades de investigacin o levantamientos
hidrogrficos;
k) Cualquier acto dirigido a perturbar los sistemas de comunicaciones o
cualesquiera otros servicios o instalaciones del Estado ribereo;
1) Cualesquiera otras actividades que no estn directamente relacionadas con
el paso.
-10-
Articulo 20
Articulo 22
Artculo 23
Buques extranjeros de propulsin nuclear y buques que transporten sustancias
nucleares u otras sustancias intrnsecamente peligrosas o nocivas
Al ejercer el derecho de paso inocente por el mar territorial, los buques
extranjeros de propulsin nuclear y los buques que transporten sustancias nucleares
u otras sustancias intrnsecamente peligrosas o nocivas debern tener a bordo los
documentos y observar las medidas especiales de precaucin que para tales buques se
hayan establecido en acuerdos internacionales.
Artculo 24
Deberes del Estado ribereflo
1. El Estado ribereo no pondr dificultades al paso inocente de buques
extranjeros por el mar territorial salvo de conformidad con esta Convencin. En
especial, en lo que atae a la aplicacin de esta Convencin o de cualesquiera
leyes o reglamentos dictados de conformidad con ella, el Estado ribereo se
abstendr dei
-12-
Artculo 25
Derechos de proteccin del Estado ribereflo
1. El Estado ribereflo podr tomar en su mar territorial las medidas
necesarias para impedir todo paso que no sea inocente.
Artculo 26
Gravmenes que pueden imponerse a los buques extranjeros
1. No podr imponerse gravamen alguno a los buques extranjeros por el solo
hecho de su paso por el mar territorial.
2. Slo podrn imponerse gravmenes a un buque extranjero que pase por el
mar territorial como remuneracin de servicios determinados prestados a dicho
buque. Estos gravmenes se impondrn sin discriminacin.
Articulo 27
Jurisdiccin penal a bordo de un buque extranjero
1. La jurisdiccin penal del Estado ribereflo no debera ejercerse a bordo de
un buque extranjero que pase por el mar territorial para detener a ninguna persona
A..
-13-
b) Cuando el delito sea de tal naturaleza que pueda perturbar la paz del
pas o el buen orden en el mar territorial!
Artculo 29
Definicin de buques de guerra
Para los efectos de esta Convencin, se entiende por "buques de guerra" todo
buque perteneciente a las fuerzas armadas de un Estado que lleve los signos
exteriores distintivos de los buques de guerra de su nacionalidad, que se encuentre
bajo el mando de un oficial debidamente designado por el gobierno de ese Estado
cuyo nombre aparezca en el correspondiente escalafn de oficiales o su equivalente,
y cuya dotacin est sometida a la disciplina de las fuerzas armadas regulares.
Artculo 30
Incumplimiento por buques de guerra de las leyes y reglamentos
del Estado ribereo
Responsabilidad del Estado del pabelln por danos causados por un buque
de guerra u otro buque de Estado destinado a fines no comerciales
El Estado del pabelln incurrir en responsabilidad internacional por
cualquier prdida o dallo que sufra el Estado ribereo como resultado del
incumplimiento, por un buque de guerra u otro buque de Estado destinado a fines no
comerciales, de las leyes y reglamentos del Estado ribereo relativos al paso por
1 mar territorial o de las disposiciones de esta Convencin u otras normas de
derecho internacional.
Artculo 32
Inmunidades de los buques de guerra y otros buques de
Estado destinados a fines no comerciales
Con las excepciones previstas en la subseccin A y en los artculos 30 y 31,
ninguna disposicin de esta Convencin afectar a las inmunidades de los buques de
guerra y otros buques de Estado destinados a fines no comerciales.
-15-
Artculo 33
Zona contigua
A..
-16-
PARTE III
Artculo 34
Artculo 37
Artculo 38
Derecho de paso en trnsito
Artculo 39
Artculo 45
Paso inocente
PARTE IV
ESTADOS ARCHIPELGICOS
Articulo 46
Trminos empleados
Para los efectos de esta Convencin
a) Por "Estado arehipelgico" se entiende un Estado constituido totalmente
por uno o varios archipilagos y que podr incluir otras islas;
b) Por "archipilago" se entiende un grupo de islas, incluidas partes de
islas, las aguas que las conectan y otros elementos naturales, que estn tan
estrechamente relacionados entre s que tales islas, aguas y elementos naturales
formen una entidad geogrfica, econmica y poltica intrnseca o que histricamente
hayan sido considerados como tal.
Artculo 47
Lneas de base archipelgicas
1. Los Estados archipelgicos podrn trazar lneas de base archipelgicas
rectas que unan los puntos extremos de las islas y los arrecifes emergentes ms
alejados del archipilago, a condicin de que dentro de tales lneas de base queden
comprendidas las principales islas y un rea en la que la relacin entre la
superficie martima y la superficie terrestre, incluidos los atolones, sea entre
1 a 1 y 9 a 1.
2. La longitud de tales lneas de base no exceder de 100 millas marinas no
obstante, hasta un 3% del nmero total de lneas de base que encierren un
archipilago podr exceder de esa longitud, hasta un mximo de 125 millas marinas.
3. El trazado de tales lneas de base no se desviar apreciableraente de la
configuracin general del archipilago.
4. Tales lneas de base no se trazarn hacia elevaciones que emerjan en
bajamar, ni a partir de stas, a menos que se hayan construido en ellas faros o
instalaciones anlogas que estn permanentemente sobre el nivel del mar, o que la
elevacin que emerja en bajamar est situada total o parcialmente a una distancia
de la isla ms prxima que no exceda de la anchura del mar territorial.
5. Los Estados archipelgicos no aplicarn el sistema de tales lneas de
base de forma que aisle de la alta mar o de la zona econmica exclusiva el mar
territorial de otro Estado.
6. Si una parte de las aguas archipelgicas de un Estado archipelgico
estuviere situada entre dos partes de un Estado vecino inmediatamente adyacente, se
-22-
Articulo 50
Artculo 51
Acuerdos existentes derechos de pesca tradicionales y
cables submarinos existentes
1. Sin perjuicio de lo dispuesto en el artculo 49, los Estados
archipelgicos respetarn los acuerdos existentes con otros Estados y reconocern
los derechos de pesca tradicionales y otras actividades legtimas de los Estados
vecinos inmediatamente adyacentes en ciertas reas situadas en las aguas
archipelgicas. Las modalidades y condiciones para el ejercicio de tales derechos
y actividades, incluidos su naturaleza/ su alcance y las reas en que se apliquen,
sern reguladas por acuerdos bilaterales entre los Estados interesados, a peticin
de cualquiera de ellos. Tales derechos no podrn ser transferidos a terceros
Estados o a sus nacionales, ni compartidos con ellos.
2. Los Estados archipelgicos respetarn los cables submarinos existentes
que hayan sido tendidos por otros Estados y que pasen por sus aguas sin aterrar
Los Estados archipelgicos permitirn el mantenimiento y el reemplazo de dichos
cables, una vez recibida la debida notificacin de su ubicacin y de la intencin
de repararlos o reemplazarlos.
Artculo 52
2. Todos los buques y aeronaves gozan del derecho de paso por las vas
martimas archipelgicas, en tales vas martimas y rutas areas.
3. Por "paso por las vas martimas archipelgicas" se entiende el
ejercicio, de conformidad con esta Convencin, de los derechos de navegacin y de
sobrevuelo en el modo normal, exclusivamente para los fines de trnsito
ininterrumpido, rpido y sin trabas entre una parte de la alta mar o de una zona
econmica exclusiva y otra parte de la alta mar o de una zona econmica exclusiva.
4. Tales vas martimas y rutas areas atravesarn las aguas archipelgicas
y el mar territorial adyacente e incluirn todas las rutas normales de paso
utilizadas como tales en la navegacin o sobrevuelo internacionales a travs de las
aguas archipelgicas o sobre ellas y dentro de tales rutas, en lo que se refiere a
los buques, todos los canales normales de navegacin, con la salvedad de que no
ser necesaria la duplicacin de rutas de conveniencia similar entre los miemos
puntos de entrada y salida.
5. Tales vas martimas y rutas areas sern definidas mediante una serie de
lineas axiales continuas desde los puntos de entrada de las rutas de paso hasta los
puntos de salida. En su paso por las vas martimas archipelgicas, los buques y
las aeronaves no se apartarn ms de 25 millas marinas hacia uno u otro lado de
tales lneas axiales, con la salvedad de que dichos buques y aeronaves no navegarn
a una distancia de la costa inferior al 10% de la distancia entre los puntos ms
cercanos situados en islas que bordeen la va martima.
6. Los Estados archipelgicos que designen vas martimas con arreglo a este
artculo podrn tambin establecer dispositivos de separacin del trfico para el
paso seguro de buques por canales estrechos en tales vas martimas.
7. Los Estados arehipelgicos podrn, cuando lo requieran las circunstancias
y despus de haber dado la debida publicidad, sustituir por otras vas martimas o
dispositivos de separacin del trfico cualesquiera vas martimas o dispositivos
de separacin del trfico que hayan designado o establecido previamente.
8. Tales vas martimas y dispositivos de separacin del trfico se
ajustarn a las reglamentaciones internacionales generalmente aceptadas.
9. Al designar o sustituir vas martimas o establecer o sustituir
dispositivos de separacin del trfico, el Estado archipelgico someter las
propuestas a la organizacin internacional competente para su adopcin. La
organizacin slo podr adoptar las vas martimas y los dispositivos de separacin
del trfico convenidos con el Estado archipelgico, despus de lo cual el Estado
archipelgico podr designarlos, establecerlos o sustituirlos.
10. Los Estados arehipelgicos indicarn claramente los ejes de las vas
martimas y los dispositivos de separacin del trfico designados o establecidos
por ellos en cartas a las que se dar la debida publicidad.
-25-
11. Durante el paso por las vas martimas archipelgicas, los buques
respetarn las vas martimas y los dispositivos de separacin del trfico
aplicables, establecidos de conformidad con este artculo.
12. Si un Estado archipelgico no designare vas martimas o rutas areas, el
derecho de paso por vas martimas archipelgicas podr ser ejercido a travs de
las rutas utilizadas normalmente para la navegacin internacional.
Artculo 54
PARTE V
Artculo 55
Rgimen jurdico especfico de la zona econmica exclusiva
La zona econmica exclusiva es un rea situada ms all del mar territorial y
adyacente a ste, sujeta al rgimen jurdico especfico establecido en esta Parte,
de acuerdo con el cual los derechos y la jurisdiccin del Estado ribereflo y los
derechos y libertades de los dems Estados se rigen por las disposiciones
pertinentes de esta Convencin.
Artculo 56
Derechos jurisdiccin y deberes del Estado ribereflo en
la zona econmica exclusiva
1. En la zona econmica exclusiva, el Estado ribereflo tienei
a) Derechos de soberana para los fines de exploracin y explotacin,
conservacin y administracin de los recursos naturales, tanto vivos como no vivos,
de las aguas suprayacentos al lecho y del lecho y el subsuelo del mar, y con
respecto a otras actividades con miras a la exploracin y explotacin econmicas de
la zona, tal como la produccin de energa derivada del agua, de las corrientes y
de los vientosi
b) Jurisdiccin, con arreglo a las disposiciones pertinentes de esta
Convencin, con respecto as
i) El establecimiento y la utilization de islas artificiales, instalaciones
y estructurasi
i i) La investigacin cientfica marina;
iii) La proteccin y preservacin del medio marino;
c) Otros derechos y deberes previstos en esta Convencin.
2. En el ejercicio de sus derechos y en el cumplimiento de sus deberes en la
zona econmica exclusiva en virtud de esta Convencin, el Estado ribereo tendr
debidamente en cuenta los derechos y deberes de los dems Estados y actuar de
aera compatible con las disposiciones de esta Convencin.
3. Los derechos enunciados en este articulo con respecto al lecho del mar y
su subsuelo se ejercern de conformidad con la Parte VI.
-27-
Articulo 57
Anchura de la zona econmica exclusiva
La zona econmica exclusiva no se extender ms all de 200 millas marinas
contadas desde las lineas de base a partir de las cuales se mide la anchura del mar
territorial.
Artculo 58
Derechos y deberes de otros Estados en la zona
econmica exclusiva
1. En la zona econmica exclusiva, todos los Estados, sean ribereos o sin
litoral, gozan, con sujecin a las disposiciones pertinentes de esta Convencin, de
las libertades de navegacin y sobrevuelo y de tendido de cables y tuberas
submarinos a que se refiere el artculo 87, y de otros usos del mar
internacionalmente legtimos relacionados con dichas libertades, tales como los
vinculados a la operacin de buques, aeronaves y cables y tuberas submarinos, y
que sean compatibles con las dems disposiciones de esta Convencin.
2. Los artculos 88 a 115 y otras normas pertinentes de derecho
internacional se aplicarn a la zona econmica exclusiva en la medida en que no
sean incompatibles con esta Parte.
3. En el ejercicio de sus derechos y en el cumplimiento de sus deberes en la
zona econmica exclusiva en virtud de esta Convencin, los Estados tendrn
debidamente en cuenta los derechos y deberes del Estado ribereo y cumplirn las
leyes y reglamentos dictados por el Estado ribereo de conformidad con las
disposiciones de esta Convencin y otras normas de derecho internacional en la
medida en que no sean incompatibles con esta Parte.
Artculo 59
Base para la solucin de conflictos relativos a la atribucin
de derechos y jurisdiccin en la zona econmica exclusiva
En los casos en que esta Convencin no atribuya derechos o jurisdiccin al
Estado ribereo o a otros Estados en la zona econmica exclusiva, y surja un
conflicto entre los intereses del Estado ribereo y los de cualquier otro Estado o
Estados, el conflicto debera ser resuelto sobre una base de equidad y a la luz de
todas las circunstancias pertinentes, teniendo en cuenta la importancia respectiva
que revistan los intereses de que se trate para las partes, asi como para la
comunidad internacional en su conjunto.
-28-
Artculo 60
Artculo 61
Conservacin de los recursos vivos
Articulo 62
Artculo 65
Mamferos marinos
Articulo 66
Poblaciones andromas
Artculo 67
Especies catadromas
1. El Estado riberefio en cuyas aguas especies catadromas pasen la mayor
parte de su ciclo vital ser responsable de la administracin de esas especies y
asegurar la entrada y la salida de los peces migratorios.
2. La captura de las especies catdromas se realizar nicamente en las
aguas situadas en direccin a tierra a partir del lmite exterior de las zonas
econmicas exclusivas. Cuando dicha captura se realice en zonas econmicas
exclusivas, estar sujeta a lo dispuesto en este artculo y en otras disposiciones
de esta Convencin relativas a la pesca en esas zonas.
3. Cuando los peces catdromos migren, bien en la fase juvenil o bien en la
de maduracin, a travs de la zona econmica exclusiva de otro Estado/ la
administracin de dichos peces, incluida la captura, se reglamentar por acuerdo
entre el Estado mencionado en el prrafo 1 y el otro Estado interesado. Tal
acuerdo asegurar la administracin racional de las especies y tendr en cuenta las
responsabilidades del Estado mencionado en el prrafo 1 en cuanto a la conservacin
de esas especies.
Artculo 68
Especies sedentarias
Esta Parte no se aplica a las especies sedentarias definidas en el prrafo 4
del artculo 77.
-34-
Articulo 69
1. Los Estados sin litoral tendrn derecho a participar, sobre una base
equitativa, en la explotacin de una parte apropiada del excedente de recursos
vivos de las zonas econmicas exclusivas de los Estados ribereos de la misma
subregin o regin, teniendo en cuenta las caractersticas econmicas y geogrficas
pertinentes de todos los Estados interesados y de conformidad con lo dispuesto en
este artculo y en los artculos 61 y 62.
Artculo 70
Artculo 71
Inaplicabilidad de los artculos 69 y 70
Las disposiciones de los artculos 69 y 70 no se aplicarn en el caso de un
Estado ribereo cuya economa dependa abrumadoramente de la explotacin de los
recursos vivos de su zona econmica exclusiva.
Artculo 72
Restricciones en la transferencia de derechos
1. Los derechos previstos en virtud de los artculos 69 y 70 para explotar
los recursos vivos no se transferirn directa o indirectamente a terceros Estados o
a los nacionales de stos por cesin o licencia, por el establecimiento de empresas
conjuntas ni de cualquier otro modo que tenga el efecto de tal transferencia, a
menos que los Estados interesados acuerden otra cosa.
2. La disposicin anterior no impedir a los Estados interesados obtener
asistencia tcnica o financiera de terceros Estados o de organizaciones
internacionales a fin de facilitar el ejercicio de los derechos de conformidad con
los artculos 69 y 70, siempre que ello no tenga el efecto a que se hace referencia
en el prrafo 1.
A..
-37-
Artculo 73
Artculo 74
Artculo 75
PARTE VI
PLATAFORMA CONTINENTAL
Artculo 76
Definicin de la plataforma continental
contadas desde las lneas de base a partir de las cuales se mide la anchura del roar
territorial. Este prrafo no se aplica a elevaciones submarinas que sean
componentes naturales del margen continental, tales como las mesetas, emersiones,
cimas, bancos y espolones de dicho margen.
Artculo 78
A..
-42-
Articulo 81
Perforaciones en la plataforma continental
El Estado ribereflo tendr el derecho exclusivo a autorizar y regular las
perforaciones que con cualquier fin se realicen en la plataforma continental.
Artculo 82
Pagos y contribuciones respecto de la explotacin de la plataforma
continental ms all de las 200 millas marinas
1. El Estado ribereffo efectuar pagos o contribuciones en especie respecto
de la explotacin de los recursos no vivos de la plataforma continental ms all de
las 200 millas marinas contadas a partir de las lneas de base desde las cuales se
mide la anchura del mar territorial.
2. Los pagos y contribuciones se efectuarn anualmente respecto de toda la
produccin de un sitio minero despus de los primeros cinco a fio s de produccin en
ese sitio. En el sexto arto, la tasa de pagos o contribuciones ser del 1% del
valor o volumen de la produccin en el sitio minero. La tasa aumentar el 1% cada
alto subsiguiente hasta el duodcimo ato y se mantendr en el 7% en lo sucesivo. La
produccin no incluir los recursos utilizados en relacin con la explotacin.
3. Uh Estado en desarrollo que sea importador neto de un recurso mineral
producido en su plataforma continental estar exento de tales pagos o
contribuciones respecto de ese recurso mineral.
4. Los pagos o contribuciones se efectuarn por conducto de la Autoridad, la
cual los distribuir entre los Estados Partes en esta Convencin sobre la base de
criterios de distribucin equitativa, teniendo en cuenta los intereses y
necesidades de los Estados en desarrollo, entre ellos especialmente los menos
adelantados y los que no tienen litoral.
Artculo 83
Delimitacin de la plataforma continental entre Estados
con costas adyacentes o situadas frente a frente
1. La delimitacin de la plataforma continental entre Estados con costas
adyacentes o situadas frente a frente se efectuar por acuerdo entre ellos sobre la
base del derecho internacional, a que se hace referencia en el artculo 38 del
Estatuto de la Corte Internacional de Justicia, a fin de llegar a una solucin
equitativa.
2. Si no se llegare a un acuerdo dentro de un plazo razonable, los Estados
interesados recurrirn a los procedimientos previstos en la Parte XV.
\
3. En tanto que no se haya llegado al acuerdo previsto en el prrafo 1, los
Estados interesados,.con espritu de comprensin y cooperacin, harn todo lo
-43-
1. Con sujecin a lo dispuesto en esta Parte, las lineas del limite exterior
de la plataforma continental y las lineas de delimitacin trazadas de conformidad
con el articulo 83 se indicarn en cartas a escala o escalas adecuadas para
precisar su ubicacin. Cuando proceda, las lineas del limite exterior o las lineas'
de delimitacin podrn ser sustituidas por listas de coordenadas geogrficas de
puntos en cada una de las cuales se indique especficamente el datura geodsico.
2. El Estado ribereo dar la debida publicidad a dichas cartas o listas de
coordenadas geogrficas y depositar un ejemplar de cada una de ellas en poder del
Secretario General de las Naciones Unidas y, en el caso de aquellas que indiquen
las lineas del limite exterior de la plataforma continental, tambin en poder del
Secretario General de la Autoridad.
Artculo 85
Excavacin de tneles
Lo dispuesto en esta Parte no menoscabar el derecho del Estado ribereo a
explotar el subsuelo mediente la excavacin de tneles, cualquiera que sea la
profundidad de las aguas en el lugar de que se trate.
-44-
PARTE VII
ALTA MAR
Artculo 86
Aplicacin de las disposiciones de esta Parte
Las disposiciones de esta Parte se aplican a todas las partes del mar no
incluidas en la zona econmica exclusiva, en el mar territorial o en las aguas
interiores de un Estado, ni en las aguas archipelgicas de un Estado archipel-
gico. Este artculo no implica limitacin alguna de las libertades de que gozan
todos los Estados en la zona econmica exclusiva de conformidad con el articulo 58.
Artculo 87
Libertad de la alta mar
1. La alta mar est abierta a todos los Estados, sean ribereos o sin
litoral. La libertad de la alta mar se ejercer en las condiciones fijadas por
esta Convencin y por las otras normas de derecho internacional. Comprender,
entre otras, para los Estados ribereos y los Estados sin litoralt
a) La libertad de navegacin;
b) La libertad de sobrevuelo;
c) La libertad de tender cables y tuberas submarinos, con sujecin a las
disposiciones de la Parte VI;
Artculo 88
Artculo 90
Derecho de navegacin
Todos los Estados, sean ribereos o sin litoral, tienen el derecho de que los
buques que enarboln su pabelln naveguen en alta mar.
Artculo 91
Artculo 93
6. Todo Estado que tenga motivos fundados para estimar que no se han
ejercido la jurisdiccin y el control apropiados en relacin con un buque podr
comunicar los hechos al Estado del pabelln. Al recibir dicha comunicacin, el
Estado del pabelln investigar el caso y, de ser procedente,, tomar todas las
medidas necesarias para corregir la situacin.
7. lodo Estado har que se efecte una investigacin por o ante una persona
o personas debidamente calificadas en relacin con cualquier accidente martimo o
cualquier incidente de navegacin en alta mar en el que se haya visto implicado un
buque que enarbole su pabelln y en el que hayan perdido la vida o sufrido heridas
graves nacionales de otro Estado o se hayan ocasionado graves daos a los buques o
a las instalaciones de otro Estado o al medio marino. El Estado del pabelln y el
otro Estado cooperarn en la realizacin de cualquier investigacin que ste
efecte en relacin con dicho accidente martimo o incidente de navegacin.
Artculo 95
Inmunidad de los buques de guerra en alta mar
Artculo 96
Articulo 97
Artculo 99
Prohibicin del transporte de esclavos
Todo Estado tomar medidas eficaces para impedir y castigar el transporte de
esclavos en buques autorizados para enarbolar su pabelln y para impedir que con
ese propsito se use ilegaimente su pabelln. Todo esclavo que se refugie en un
buque, sea cual fuere su pabelln, quedar libre ipso facto.
-49-
Articulo 100
Artculo 104
Artculo 105
Artculo 106
Cuando un buque o una aeronave sea apresado por sospechas de piratera sin
motivos suficientes, el Estado que lo haya apresado ser responsable ante el Estado
de la nacionalidad del buque o de la aeronave de todo perjuicio o dao causado por
la captura.
Artculo 107
Artculo 108
2. Tbdo Estado que tenga motivos razonables para creer que un buque que
enarbola su pabelln se dedica al trfico ilcito de estupefacientes o sustancias
sicotrpicas podr solicitar la cooperacin de otros Estados para poner fin a tal
trfico.
-51-
Artculo 109
Derecho de visita
..
-52-
Artculo 111
Derecho de persecucin
1. Se podr emprender la persecucin de un buque extranjero cuando las
autoridades competentes del Estado ribereo tengan motivos fundados para creer que
el buque ha cometido una infraccin de las leyes y reglamentos de ese Estado. La
persecucin habr de empezar mientras el buque extranjero o una de sus lanchas se
encuentre en las aguas interiores, en las aguas archipelgicas, en el mar
territorial o en la zona contigua del Estado perseguidor, y slo podr continuar
fuera del mar territorial o de la zona contigua a condicin de no haberse
interrumpido. No es necesario que el buque que d la orden de detenerse a un buque
extranjero que navegue por el mar territorial o por la zona contigua se encuentre
tambin en el mar territorial o la zona contigua en el momento en que el buque
interesado reciba dicha orden. Si el buque extranjero se encuentra en la zona
contigua definida en el artculo 33, la persecucin no podr emprenderse ms que
por violacin de los derechos para cuya proteccin fue creada dicha zona.
Artculo 112
Artculo 113
Todo Estado dictar las leyes y reglamentos necesarios para que constituyan
infracciones punibles la ruptura o el deterioro de un cable submarino en la alta
mar, causados voluntariamente o por negligencia culpable por un buque que enarbole
su pabelln o por una persona sometida a su jurisdiccin, que puedan interrumpir u
obstruir las comunicaciones telegrficas o telefnicas, as como la ruptura o el
deterioro, en las mismas condiciones, de una tubera o de un cable de alta tensin
submarinos. Esta disposicin se aplicar tambin en el caso de actos que tengan
por objeto causar tales rupturas o deterioros o que puedan tener ese efecto. Sin
embargo, esta disposicin no se aplicar a las rupturas ni a los deterioros cuyos
-54-
Artculo 116
Derecho de pesca en la alta mar
Todos los Estados tienen derecho a que sus nacionales se dediquen a la pesca
en la alta mar con sujecin ai
a) Sus obligaciones convencionales;
b) Los derechos y deberes as como los intereses de los Estados ribereos
que se estipulan, entre otras disposiciones, en el prrafo 2 del artculo 63 y en
los artculos 64 a 67y y
c) Las disposiciones de esta seccin.
Artculo 117
Deber de los Estados de adoptar medidas para la conservacin de los
recursos vivos de la alta mar en relacin con sus nacionales
Todos los Estados tienen el deber de adoptar las medidas que, en relacin con
sus respectivos nacionales, puedan ser necesarias para la conservacin de los
recursos vivos de la alta mar, o de cooperar con otros Estados en su adopcin.
-55-
Artculo 118
b) Tendrn en cuenta los efectos sobre las especies asociadas con las .
especies capturadas o dependientes de ellas, con miras a mantener o restablecer las
poblaciones de tales especies asociadas o dependientes por encima de los niveles en
los que su reproduccin pueda verse gravemente amenazada.
2. La informacin cientfica disponible, las estadsticas sobre capturas y
esfuerzos de pesca y otros datos pertinentes para la conservacin de las
poblaciones de peces se aportarn e intercambiarn peridicamente por conducto de
las organizaciones internacionales competentes, sean subregionales, regionales o
mundiales, cuando proceda, y con la participacin de todos los Estados interesados.
Artculo 120
Mamferos marinos
A..
-56-
PARTE VIII
Articulo 121
Rgimen de las islas
1. (toa isla una extensin natural de tierra, rodeada de agua, que se
encuentra sobre el nivel de sta en pleamar.
2. Salvo lo dispuesto en el prrafo 3, el mar territorial, la sona contigua,
la sona econmica exclusiva y la plataforma continental de una isla sern
determinados de conformidad con las disposiciones de esta Convencin aplicables a
otras extensiones terrestres.
3. Las rocas no aptas para mantener habitacin humana o vida econmica
propia no tendrn zona econmica exclusiva ni plataforma continental*
-57-
PARTB IX
Artculo 122
Definicin
Artculo 123
Cooperacin entre los Estados ribereos de mares
cerrados o semicerrados
Los Estados ribereffos de un mar cerrado o semicerrado deberan cooperar entre
s en el ejercicio de sus derechos y en el cumplimiento de sus deberes con arreglo
a esta Convencin. A ese fin, directamente o por conducto de una organizacin
regional apropiada, procurarn t
a) Coordinar la administracin, conservacin, exploracin y explotacin de
los recursos vivos del mari
b) Coordinar el ejercicio de sus derechos y el cumplimiento de sus deberes
con respecto a la proteccin y la preservacin del medio marino7
c) Coordinar sus polticas de investigacin cientfica y emprender, cuando
proceda, programas conjuntos de investigacin cientfica en el rea*
d) Invitar, segn proceda, a otros Estados interesados o a organizaciones
internacionales a cooperar con ellos en el desarrollo de las disposiciones de este
artculo.
-58-
PARTE X
Artculo 124
Trminos empleados
d) "Medios de transporte":
2. Los Estados sin litoral y los Estados de trnsito podrn, por mutuo
acuerdo, incluir como medios de transporte las tuberas y gasoductos y otros medios
de transporte distintos de los incluidos en el prrafo 1.
Artculo 125
A..
-59-
Ar ticulo 130
Artculo 132
Concesin de mayores facilidades de trnsito
Esta Convencin no entrafla de ninguna manera la suspensin de las facilidades
de trnsito que sean mayores que las previstas en la Convencin y que hayan sido
acordadas entre los Estados Partes en ella o concedidas por un Estado Parte. Esta
Convencin tampoco impedir la concesin de mayores facilidades en el futuro.
-61-
PARTE XI
LA ZONA
Artculo 133
Trminos empleados
Artculo 135
Artculo 136
Artculo 137
Artculo 138
Artculo 139
1. Los Estados Partes estarn obligados a velar por que las actividades en
la Zona, ya sean realizadas por ellos mismos, por empresas estatales o por personas
naturales o jurdicas que posean su nacionalidad o estn bajo su control efectivo o
el de sus nacionales, se efecten de conformidad con esta Parte. La misma
obligacin incumbir a las organizaciones internacionales respecto de sus
actividades en la Zona.
Artculo 140
Beneficio de la humanidad
Artculo 141
Artculo 142
A..
-64-
ni.^.esarias para prevenir, mitigar o eliminar un peligro grave e inminente para sus
costas o intereses conexos originado por contaminacin real o potencial u otros
accidentes resultantes de cualesquiera actividades en la Zona o causados por ellas.
Artculo 143
Artculo 144
Transmisin de tecnologa
1. La Autoridad adoptar medidas de conformidad con esta Convencin para:
Artculo 146
Proteccin de la vida humana
Con respecto a las actividades en la Zona, se adoptarn las medidas necesarias
para asegurar la eficaz proteccin de la vida humana. Con ese objeto, la Autoridad
establecer las normas, reglamentos y procedimientos apropiados que complementen el
derecho internacional existente, tal como est contenido en los tratados en la
materia.
-66-
Artculo 147
Artculo 148
Participacin de los Estados en desarrollo en las
actividades en la Zona
Se promover la participacin efectiva de los Estados en desarrollo en las
actividades en la Zona, segn se dispone expresamente en esta Parte, teniendo
debidamente en cuenta sus intereses y necesidades especiales y, en particular, la
especial necesidad de los Estados en desarrollo sin litoral o en situacin
geogrfica desventajosa de superar los obstculos derivados de -su ubicacin
desfavorable, incluidos la lejana de la Zona y la dificultad de acceso a la Zona y
desde ella.
-67-
Artculo 149
Artculo 150
Poltica general relacionada con las actividades en la Zona
Las actividades en la Zona se realizarn, segn se dispone expresamente en
esta Parte, de manera que fomenten el desarrollo saludable de la economa mundial y
el crecimiento equilibrado del comercio internacional y promuevan la cooperacin
internacional en pro del desarrollo general de todos los pases, especialmente de
los Estados en desarrollo, y con miras a asegurar:
Artculo 152
Artculo 153
a) Por la Empresa, y
-72-
Conferencia de Revisin
SECCIN 4. LA AUTORIDAD
Artculo 156
Establecimiento de la Autoridad
SUBSECCION B. LA ASAMBLEA
Artculo 159
procedimiento y votaciones
Artculo 160
Facultades y funciones
SUBSECCION C. EL CONSEJO
Artculo 161
artculo 191 se adoptarn por mayora de dos tercios de los miembros presentes y
votantes, siempre que comprenda la mayora de los miembros del Consejo;
c) Las decisiones sobre las cuestiones de fondo que surjan en relacin con
las disposiciones que se enumeran a continuacin se adoptarn por mayora de tres
cuartos de los miembros presentes y votantes, siempre que comprenda la mayora de
los miembros del Consejo: prrafo 1 del artculo 162; apartados a), b), c), d),
e) , 1) , q) , r) , s) y t) del prrafo 2 del artculo 162; apartado u) del prrafo 2
del artculo 162, en los casos de incumplimiento de un contratista o de un
patrocinador; apartado w) del prrafo 2 del artculo 162, con la salvedad de que la
obligatoriedad de las rdenes expedidas con arreglo a ese apartado no podr exceder
de 30 das a menos que sean confirmadas por una decisin adoptada de conformidad
con el apartado d); apartados x), y) y z) del prrafo 2 del artculo 162; prrafo 2
del artculo 163; prrafo 3 del artculo 174; artculo 11 del Anexo IV;
d) Las decisiones sobre las cuestiones de fondo que surjan en relacin con
los apartados m) y o) del prrafo 2 del artculo 162 y con la aprobacin de
enmiendas a la Parte XI se adoptarn por consenso;
e) Para los efectos de los apartados d), f) y g), por "consenso" se entiende
la ausencia de toda objecin formal. Dentro de los 14 das siguientes a la
presentacin de una propuesta al Consejo, el Presidente averiguar si se formulara
alguna objecin formal a su aprobacin. Cuando el Presidente constate que se
formularia tal objecin, establecer y convocar, dentro de los tres das
siguientes a la fecha de esa constatacin, un comit de conciliacin, integrado por
nueve miembros del Consejo como mximo, cuya presidencia asumir, con objeto de
conciliar las divergencias y preparar una propuesta que pueda ser aprobada por
consenso. El comit trabajar con diligencia e informar al Consejo en un plazo
de 14 das a partir de su establecimiento. Cuando el comit no pueda recomendar
ninguna propuesta susceptible de ser aprobada por consenso, indicar en su informe
las razones de la oposicin a la propuesta;
Artculo 162
Facultades y funciones
Artculo 163
rganos del Consejo
1. Se establecen como rganos del Consejo:
a) Una Comisin de Planificacin Econmica;
b) Una Comisin Jurdica y Tcnica.
2. Cada comisin estar constituida por 15 miembros elegidos por el Consejo
entre los candidatos propuestos por los Estados Partes. No obstante, si es
necesario, el Consejo podr decidir aumentar el nmero de miembros de cualquiera de
ellas teniendo debidamente en cuenta las exigencias de economa y eficiencia.
3. Los miembros de cada comisin tendrn las calificaciones adecuadas en la
esfera de competencia de esa comisin. Los Estados Partes propondrn candidatos de
la mxima competencia e integridad que posean calificaciones en las materias
pertinentes, de modo que quede garantizado el funcionamiento eficaz de las
Comisiones.
4. En la eleccin, se tendr debidamente en cuenta la necesidad de una
distribucin geogrfica equitativa y de la representacin de los intereses
especiales.
5. Ningn Estado Parte podr proponer a ms de un candidato a miembro de una
comisin. Ninguna persona podr ser elegida miembro de ms de una comisin.
6. Los miembros de las comisiones desempearn su cargo durante cinco anos y
podrn ser reelegidos para un nuevo mandato.
A..
-85-
Artculo 164
Comisin de Planificacin Econmica
1. Los miembros de la Comisin de Planificacin Econmica poseern las
calificaciones apropiadas en materia de explotacin minera, administracin de
actividades relacionadas con los recursos minerales, comercio internacional o
economa internacional, entre otras. El Consejo procurar que la composicin de la
Comisin incluya todas las calificaciones pertinentes. En la Comisin se incluirn
por lo menos dos miembros procedentes de Estados en desarrollo cuyas exportaciones
de las categoras de minerales que hayan de extraerse de la Zona tengan
consecuencias importantes en sus economas.
2. La Comisin:
Artculo 165
SUBSECCION D. LA SECRETARIA
Artculo 166
La Secretara
Artculo 167
El personal de la Autoridad
Artculo 168
2. ^
Ni el Secretario General ni el personal podrn tener inters financiero
alguno en ninguna actividad relacionada con la exploracin y explotacin de la
Zona. Con sujecin a sus obligaciones para con la Autoridad, no revelarn, ni
siquiera despus de cesar en su cargo, ningn secreto industrial, ningn dato que
sea objeto de derechos de propiedad industrial y se transmita a la Autoridad con
arreglo al artculo 14 del Anexo III, ni cualquier otra informacin confidencial
que lleguen a su conocimiento como consecuencia del desempeo de su cargo.
-89-
Artculo 169
SUBSECCION E. LA EMPRESA
Artculo 170
La Empresa
Artculo 171
Artculo 176
Condicin jurdica
A..
-92-
Artculo 180
Exencin de restricciones, reglamentaciones,
controles y moratorias
Artculo 183
Exencin de impuestos y derechos aduaneros
Artculo 184
permitir que ese miembro vote si llega a la conclusin de que la mora se debe a
circunstancias ajenas a su voluntad.
Articulo 185
Artculo 186
Artculo 190 .
Participacin y comparecencia de los Estados Partes patrocinantes
1. Cuando una persona natural o jurdica sea parte en cualquiera de las
controversias a que se refiere el artculo 187, se notificar este hecho al Estado
Parte patrocinante, el cul tendr derecho a participar en las actuaciones mediante
declaraciones orales o escritas.
-97-
PARTE XII
Artculo 192
;
Obligacin general
Artculo 193
Los Estados tienen el derecho soberano de explotar sus recursos naturales con
arreglo a su poltica en materia de medio ambiente y de conformidad con su
obligacin de proteger y preservar el medio marino.
Artculo 194
2. Los Estados tomarn todas las medidas necesarias para garantizar que las
actividades bajo su jurisdiccin o control se realicen de forma tal que no causen
perjuicios por contaminacin a otros Estados y su medio ambiente, y que la
contaminacin causada por incidentes o actividades bajo su jurisdiccin o control
no se extienda ms all de las zonas donde ejercen derechos de soberana de
conformidad con esta Convencin.
3. Las medidas que se tomen con arreglo a esta Parte se referirn a todas
las fuentes de contaminacin del medio marino. Estas medidas incluirn, entre
otras, las destinadas a reducir en el mayor grado posibles
1. Los Estados tomarn todas las medidas necesarias para prevenir, reducir y
controlar la contaminacin del medio marino causada por la utilizacin de
tecnologas bajo su jurisdiccin o control, o la introduccin intencional o
accidental en un sector determinado del medio marino de especies extraas o nuevas
que puedan causar en l cambios considerables y perjudiciales.
2. Este artculo no afectar a la aplicacin de las disposiciones de esta
Convencin relativas a la prevencin, reduccin y control de la contaminacin del
medio marino.
-100-
Artculo 197
Cooperacin en el plano mundial o regional
Los Estados cooperarn en el plano mundial y, cuando proceda, en el plano
regional, directamente o por conducto de las organizaciones internacionales
competentes, en la formulacin y elaboracin de reglas y estndares, as como de
prcticas y procedimientos recomendados, de carcter internacional, que sean
compatibles con esta Convencin, para la proteccin y preservacin del medio
marino, teniendo en cuenta las caractersticas propias de cada regin.
Artculo 198
Notificacin de dafios inminentes o reales
Cuando un Estado tenga conocimiento de casos en que el medio marino se halle
en peligro inminente de sufrir danos por contaminacin o los haya sufrido ya, lo
notificar inmediatamente a otros Estados que a su juicio puedan resultar afectados
por esos danos, as como a las organizaciones internacionales competentes.
Artculo 199
Planes de emergencia contra la contaminacin
En los casos mencionados en el artculo 198, los Estados del rea afectada, en
la medida de sus posibilidades, y las organizaciones internacionales competentes
cooperarn en todo lo posible para eliminar los efectos de la contaminacin y
prevenir o reducir al mnimo los danos. Con ese fin, los Estados elaborarn y
promovern en comn planes de emergencia para hacer frente a incidentes de
contaminacin en el medio marino.
Artculo 200
Estudios, programas de investigacin e intercambio
de informacin v datos
Los Estados cooperarn, directamente o por conducto de las organizaciones
internacionales competentes, para promover estudios, realizar programas de
investigacin cientfica y fomentar el intercambio de la informacin y los datos
obtenidos acerca de la contaminacin del medio marino. Procurarn participar
activamente en los programas regionales y mundiales encaminados a obtener los
conocimientos necesarios para evaluar la naturaleza y el alcance de la
contaminacin, la exposicin a ella, su trayectoria y sus riesgos y remedios.
-101-
Artculo 201
Artculo 202
Asistencia cientfica y tcnica a los Estados en desarrollo
Los Estados, actuando directamente o por conducto de las organizaciones
internacionales competentes:
a) Promovern programas de asistencia cientfica, educativa, tcnica y de
otra ndole a los Estados en desarrollo para la proteccin y preservacin del medio
marino y la prevencin, reduccin y control de la contaminacin marina. Esa
asistencia incluir, entre otros aspectos:
i) Formar al personal cientfico y tcnico de esos Estados)
Artculo 203
Articulo 204
Artculo 207
2. Los Estados tomarn otras medidas que puedan ser necesarias para
prevenir, reducir y controlar esa contaminacin.
Artculo 208
2. Los Estados tomarn otras medidas que puedan ser necesarias para
prevenir, reducir y controlar esa contaminacin.
...
-104-
Artculo 211
Articulo 212
SECCIN 6. EJECUCIN
Artculo 213
Los Estados velarn por la ejecucin de las leyes y reglamentos que hayan
dictado de conformidad con el artculo 207 y dictarn leyes y reglamentos y
tomarn otras medidas necesarias para poner en prctica las reglas y estndares
internacionales aplicables establecidos por conducto de las organizaciones
internacionales competentes o de una conferencia diplomtica para prevenir, reducir
y controlar la contaminacin del medio marino procedente de fuentes terrestres.
Artculo 214
Ejecucin respecto de la contaminacin resultante de
actividades relativas a los fondos marinos
Los Estados velarn por la ejecucin de las leyes y reglamentos que hayan
dictado de conformidad con el artculo 208 y dictarn leyes y reglamentos y
tomarn otras medidas necesarias para poner en prctica las reglas y estndares
internacionales aplicables establecidos por conducto de las organizaciones
internacionales competentes o de una conferencia diplomtica para prevenir, reducir
y controlar la contaminacin del medio marino resultante directa o indirectamente
de actividades relativas a los fondos marinos sujetas a su jurisdiccin y la
procedente de islas artificiales, instalaciones y estructuras bajo su jurisdiccin,
con arreglo a los artculos 60 y 80.
-108-
Artculo 215
Articulo 216
1. Los Estados velarn por que los buques que enarbolen su pabelln o estn
matriculados en su territorio cumplan las reglas y estndares internacionales
aplicables, establecidos por conducto de la organizacin internacional competente o
de una conferencia diplomtica general, as como las leyes y reglamentos que hayan
dictado de conformidad con esta Convencin, para prevenir, reducir y controlar la
contaminacin del medio marino por buques; asimismo, dictarn leyes y reglamentos y
tomarn otras medidas necesarias para su aplicacin. El Estado del pabelln velar
por la ejecucin efectiva de tales reglas, estndares, leyes y reglamentos
dondequiera que se cometa la infraccin.
-109-
Artculo 218
Ejecucin por el Estado del puerto
1. Cuando un buque se encuentre voluntariamente en un puerto o en una
instalacin terminal costa afuera de un Estado, ese Estado podr realizar
investigaciones y, si las pruebas lo justifican, iniciar procedimientos respecto de
-110-
Artculo 220
Ejecucin por los Estados ribereflos
1. Cuando un buque se encuentre voluntariamente en un puerto o en una
instalacin terminal costa afuera de un Estado, ese Estado podr, con sujecin a
las disposiciones de la seccin 7, iniciar un procedimiento respecto de cualquier
infraccin de las leyes y reglamentos que haya dictado de conformidad con esta
Convencin o las reglas y estndares internacionales aplicables para prevenir,
reducir y controlar la contaminacin causada por buques, cuando la infraccin se
haya cometido en el mar territorial o en la zona econmica exclusiva de dicho
Es tado.
2. Cuando haya motivos fundados para creer que un buque que navega en el mar
territorial de un Estado ha violado, durante su paso por dicho mar, las leyes y
reglamentos dictados por ese Estado de conformidad con esta Convencin o las reglas
y estndares internacionales aplicables para prevenir, reducir y controlar la
contaminacin causada por buques, ese Estado, sin perjuicio de la aplicacin de las
disposiciones pertinentes de la seccin 3 de la Parte II, podr realizar la
inspeccin fsica del buque en relacin con la infraccin y, cuando las pruebas
lo justifiquen, podr iniciar un procedimiento, incluida la retencin del buque,
de conformidad con su derecho interno y con sujecin a las disposiciones de la
seccin 7.
3. Cuando haya motivos fundados para creer que un buque que navega en la
zona econmica exclusiva o el mar territorial ha cometido, en la zona econmica
exclusiva, una infraccin de las reglas y estndares internacionales aplicables
para prevenir, reducir y controlar la contaminacin causada por buques o de las
leyes y reglamentos dictados por ese Estado que sean conformes y den efecto a
dichas reglas y estndares, ese Estado podr exigir al buque informacin sobre su
identidad y su puerto de registro, sus escalas anterior y siguiente y cualquier
otra informacin pertinente que sea necesaria para determinar si se ha cometido una
infraccin.
4. Los Estados dictarn leyes y reglamentos y tomarn otras medidas para que
los buques que enarbolen su pabelln cumplan las solicitudes de informacin con
arreglo al prrafo 3.
5. Cuando haya motivos fundados para creer que un buque que navega en la
zona econmica exclusiva o en el mar territorial de un Estado ha cometido, en la
zona econmica exclusiva, una infraccin de las mencionadas en el prrafo 3 que
haya tenido como resultado una descarga importante que cause o amenace causar una
contaminacin considerable del medio marino, ese Estado podr realizar una
inspeccin fsica del buque referente a cuestiones relacionadas con la infraccin
en caso de que el buque se haya negado a facilitar informacin o la informacin por
1 facilitada est en manifiesta contradiccin con la situacin fctica evidente y
las circunstancias del caso justifiquen esa inspeccin.
6. Cuando exista una prueba objetiva y clara de que un buque que navega en
la zona econmica exclusiva o en el mar territorial de un Estado ha cometido, en la
zona econmica exclusiva, una infraccin de las mencionadas en el prrafo 3 que
-112-
haya tenido como resultado una descarga que cause o amenace causar graves danos a
las costas o los intereses conexos del Estado ribereo, o a cualesquiera recursos
de su mar territorial o de su zona econmica exclusiva, ese Estado podr, con
sujecin a la seccin 7, y si las pruebas lo justifican, iniciar un procedimiento,
incluida la retencin del buque, de conformidad con su derecho interno.
7. No obstante lo dispuesto en el prrafo 6, cuando se haya iniciado un
procedimiento apropiado por conducto de la organizacin internacional competente o
de otra forma convenida, y mediante ese procedimiento se haya asegurado el
cumplimiento de los requisitos en materia de fianza u otras garantas financieras
apropiadas, el Estado ribereo autorizar al buque a proseguir su viaje, en caso de
que dicho procedimiento sea vinculante para ese Estado.
8. Las disposiciones de los prrafos 3, 4, 5, 6 y 7 se aplicarn igualmente
respecto de las leyes y reglamentos nacionales dictados con arreglo al prrafo 6
del articulo 211.
Artculo 221
SECCION 7. GARANTAS
Artculo 223
En los procedimientos iniciados con arreglo a esta Parte, los Estados tomarn
medidas para facilitar la audiencia de testigos y la admisin de pruebas
presentadas por autoridades de otro Estado o por la organizacin internacional
competente, y facilitarn la asistencia a esos procedimientos de representantes
oficiales de la organizacin internacional competente, del Estado del pabelln o de
cualquier Estado afectado por la contaminacin producida por una infraccin. Los
representantes oficiales que asistan a esos procedimientos tendrn los derechos y
deberes previstos en las leyes y reglamentos nacionales o el derecho internacional.
Articulo 224
Artculo 225
Artculo 226
Artculo 227
no axscLxiuxiicica.un respecto ue migues extranjeros
Al ejercer sus derechos y al cumplir sus deberes con arreglo a esta Parte, los
Estados no discriminarn, de hecho ni de derecho, contra los buques de ningn otro
Estado.
Artculo 228
Suspensin de procedimientos y limitaciones a su iniciacin
A..
-115-
Los Estados sern responsables de los da fio s y perjuicios que les sean
imputables y dimanen de las medidas tomadas de conformidad con la seccin 6, cuando
esas medidas sean ilegales o excedan lo razonablemente necesario a la luz de la
informacin disponible. Los Estados prevern vas procesales para que sus
tribunales conozcan de acciones relativas a tales dafls y perjuicios.
Artculo 233
Garantas respecto de los estrechos utilizados para la
navegacin internacional
Artculo 234
Zonas cubiertas de hielo
SECCION 9. RESPONSABILIDAD
Artculo 235
Re spon sabi1idad
2. Los Estados asegurarn que sus sistemas jurdicos ofrezcan recursos que
permitan la pronta y adecuada indemnizacin u otra reparacin de los danos causados
por la contaminacin del medio marino por personas naturales o jurdicas bajo su
jurisdiccin.
Artculo 236
Inmunidad soberana
Artculo 237
PARTE XIII
Artculo 238
A..
-120-
Articulo 241
Artculo 242
Artculo 243.
Artculo 244
2. Con tal fin, los Estados tanto individualmente como en cooperacin con
otros Estados y con las organizaciones internacionales competentes, promovern
activamente la difusin de datos e informacin cientficos y la transmisin de
-121-
Artculo 245
Investigacin cientfica marina en el mar territorial
Los Estados ribereos, en el ejercicio de su soberana, tienen el derecho
exclusivo de regular, autorizar y realizar actividades de investigacin cientfica
marina en su mar territorial. La investigacin cientfica marina en el mar
territorial se realizar solamente con el consentimiento expreso del Estado
ribereo y en las condiciones establecidas por l.
Artculo 246
Investigacin cientfica marina en la zona econmica
exclusiva y en la plataforma continental
1. Los Estados ribereos, en el ejercicio de su jurisdiccin, tienen derecho
a regular, autorizar y realizar actividades de investigacin cientfica marina en
su zona econmica exclusiva y en su plataforma continental de conformidad con las
disposiciones pertinentes de esta Convencin.
4. Para los fines de aplicacin del prrafo 3, podr considerarse que las
circunstancias son normales aun cuando no existan relaciones diplomticas entre el
Estado ribereflo y el Estado investigador.
5. Sin embargo, los Estados ribereos podrn rehusar discrecionalmente su
consentimiento a la realizacin en su zona econmica exclusiva o en su plataforma
continental de un proyecto de investigacin cientfica marina de otro Estado u
organizacin internacional competente cuando ese proyecto:
-122-
Artculo 247
Proyectos de investigacin cientfica marina realizados por
organizaciones internacionales o bajo sus auspicios
Se considerar que un Estado ribereo que sea miembro de una organizacin
internacional o tenga un acuerdo bilateral con tal organizacin,- y en cuya zona
econmica exclusiva o plataforma continental la organizacin desee realizar,
directamente o bajo sus auspicios, un proyecto de investigacin cientfica marina,
ha autorizado la realizacin del proyecto de conformidad con las especificaciones
convenidas, si dicho Estado aprob el proyecto detallado cuando la organizacin
-123-
Artculo 250
Artculo 251
Artculo 252
Consentimiento tcito
A..
-125-
A..
-126-
Artculo 255
Artculo 258
Emplazamiento y utilizacin
Artculo 259
Condicin jurdica
Las instalaciones o el equipo a que se hace referencia en esta seccin no
poseen la condicin jurdica de islas. No tienen mar territorial propio y su
presencia no afecta a la delimitacin del mar territorial, de la zona econmica
exclusiva o de la plataforma continental.
-128-
Artculo 260
Zonas de seguridad
SECCIN 5. RESPONSABILIDAD
Artculo 263
Responsabilidad
Artculo 264
Solucin de controversias
Las controversias sobre la interpretacin o la aplicacin de las disposiciones
de esta Convencin relativas a la investigacin cientfica marina sern
solucionadas de conformidad con las secciones 2 y 3 de la Parte XV.
Artculo 265
Medidas provisionales
Mientras no se resuelva una controversia de conformidad con las secciones 2
y 3 de la Parte XV, el Estado o la organizacin internacional competente a quien se
haya autorizado a realizar un proyecto de investigacin cientfica marina no
permitir que se inicien o continen las actividades de investigacin sin el
consentimiento expreso del Estado ribereflo interesado.
..
-130-
PARTE XIV
Artculo 266
Artculo 267
Artculo 268
Objetivos bsicos
Artculo 270
Artculo 271
Artculo 275
Artculo 276
2. Todos los Estados de una regin cooperarn con los respectivos centros
regionales a fin de asegurar el logro ms efectivo de sus objetivos.
-134-
Artculo 277
Artculo 278
Cooperacin entre organizaciones internacionales
Las organizaciones internacionales competentes mencionadas en esta Parte y en
la Parte XIII tomarn todas las medidas apropiadas para garantizar, directamente o
en estrecha cooperacin entre s, el cumplimiento efectivo de sus funciones y
responsabilidades con arreglo a esta Parte.
-135-
PARTE XV
SOLUCIN DE CONTROVERSIAS
Artculo 279
Artculo 280
Artculo 281
Artculo 282
Cuando los Estados Partes que sean partes en una controversia relativa a la
interpretacin o la aplicacin de esta Convencin hayan convenido, en virtud de un
acuerdo general, regional o bilateral o de alguna otra manera, en que esa
controversia se someta, a peticin de cualquiera de las partes en ella, a un
procedimiento conducente a una decisin obligatoria, dicho procedimiento se
aplicar en lugar de los previstos en esta Parte, a menos que las partes en la
controversia convengan en otra cosa.
-136-
r tic u lo 283
Artculo 284
Conciliacin
1. El Estado Parte que sea parte en una controversia relativa a la
interpretacin o la aplicacin de esta Convencin podr invitar a la otra u otras
partes a someterla a conciliacin de conformidad con el procedimiento establecido
en la seccin 1 del Anexo V o con otro procedimiento de conciliacin.
2. Si la invitacin es aceptada y las partes convienen en el procedimiento
que ha de aplicarse cualquiera de ellas podr someter la controversia a ese
procedimiento.
3. Si la invitacin no es aceptada o las partes no convienen en el
procedimiento, se dar por terminada la conciliacin.
4. Cuando una controversia haya sido sometida a conciliacin, slo podr
ponerse fin a asta de conformidad con el procedimiento de conciliacin acordado,
salvo que las partes convengan en otra cosa.
Articulo 285
Aplicacin de esta seccin a las controversias sometidas
de conformidad con la Parte XI
Las disposiciones de esta seccin se aplicarn a cualquier controversia que,
en virtud de la seccin 5 de la Parte XI, haya de resolverse de conformidad con los
procedimientos establecidos en esta Parte. Si una entidad que no sea un Estado
Parte fuere parte en tal controversia, esta seccin se aplicar mutatis mutandis.
A..
-137-
Artculo 286
Aplicacin de los procedimientos establecidos en esta seccin
Con sujecin a lo dispuesto en la seccin 3, toda controversia relativa a la
interpretacin o la aplicacin de esta Convencin, cuando no haya sido resuelta por
aplicacin de la seccin 1, se someter, a peticin de cualquiera de las partee en
la controversia, a la corte o tribunal que sea competente conforme a lo dispuesto
en esta seccin.
Artculo 287
Eleccin del procedimiento
Artculo 290
Medidas provisionales
1. Si una controversia se ha sometido en la forma debida a una corte o
tribunal que, en principio, se estime competente conforme 'a esta Parte o a la
seccin 5 de la Parte XI, esa corte o tribunal podr decretar las medidas
provisionales que estime apropiadas con arreglo a las circunstancias para preservar
los derechos respectivos de las partes en la controversia o para impedir que se
causen daflos graves al medio marino, en espera de que se adopte la decisin
definitiva.
2. Las medidas provisionales podrn ser modificadas o revocadas tan pronto
como las circunstancias que las justifiquen cambien o dejen de existir.
3. Las medidas provisionales a que se refiere este artculo slo podrn ser
decretadas, modificadas o revocadas a peticin de una de las partes en la
controversia y despus de dar a las partes la posibilidad de ser odas.
4. La corte o tribunal notificar inmediatamente la adopcin, modificacin o
revocacin de las medidas provisionales a las partes en la. controversia y a los
dems Estados Partes que estime procedente.
5. Hasta que se constituya el tribunal arbitral al que se someta una
controversia con arreglo a esta seccin, cualquier corte o tribunal designado de
comn acuerdo, por las partes o, a falta de tal acuerdo en el plazo de dos semanas
contado desde la fecha de la solicitud de medidas provisionales, el Tribunal
Internacional del Derecho del Mar o, con respecto a las actividades en la Zona, la
Sala de Controversias de los Fondos Marinos podr decretar, modificar o revocar
medidas provisionales conforme a lo dispuesto en este artculo si estima, en
principio, que el tribunal que haya de constituirse sera competente y que la
urgencia de la situacin es lo requiere. Una vez constituido, el tribunal al que
se haya sometido la controversia podr, actuando conforme a los prrafos 1 a 4,
modificar, revocar o confirmar esas medidas provisionales.
6. Las partes en la controversia aplicarn sin demora todas las medidas
provisionales decretadas conforme a este artculo.
Artculo 291
Acceso
1. Todos los procedimientos de solucin de controversias indicados en esta
Parte estarn abiertos a los Estados Partes.
2. Los procedimientos de solucin de controversias previstos en esta Parte
estarn abiertos a entidades distintas de los Estados Partes slo en los casos en
que ello se disponga expresamente en esta Convencin.
-140-
Artculo 292
Artculo 293
Derecho aplicable
Artculo 294
Procedimiento preliminar
Artculo 297
Limitaciones a la aplicabilidad de la seccin 2
1. Las controversias relativas a la interpretacin o la aplicacin de esta
Convencin con respecto al ejercicio por parte de un Estado ribereo de sus
derechos soberanos o su jurisdiccin previstos en esta Convencin se sometern a
los procedimientos establecidos en la seccin 2 en los casos siguientes:
a) Cuando se alegue que un Estado ribereo ha actuado en contravencin de lo
dispuesto en esta Convencin respecto de las libertades y los derechos de
navegacin, sobrevuelo o tendido de cables y tuberas submarinos o respecto de
cualesquiera otros usos del mar nternacionalmente legtimos especificados en el
artculo 58f
-142-
Artculo 298
Excepciones facultativas a la aplicabilidad de la seccin 2
1. Al firmar o ratificar esta Convencin o adherirse a ella, o en cualquier
otro momento posterior, los Estados podrn, sin perjuicio de las obligaciones que
resultan de la seccin 1, declarar por escrito que no aceptan uno o varios de los
procedimientos previstos en la seccin 2 con respecto a una o varias de las
siguientes categoras de controversias:
a) i) Las controversias relativas a la interpretacin o la aplicacin de
los artculos 15, 74 y 83 concernientes a la delimitacin de las
zonas martimas, o las relativas a bahas o ttulos histricos, a
condicin de que el Estado que haya hecho una declaracin de esa
ndole, cuando una controversia de ese tipo surja despus de la
entrada en vigor de esta Convencin y no se llegue a un acuerdo
dentro de un perodo razonable en negociaciones entre las partes,
acepte, a peticin de cualquier parte en la controversia, que la
cuestin sea sometida al procedimiento de conciliacin previsto en
la seccin 2 del Anexo V; adems, quedar excluida de tal sumisin
toda controversia que entrae necesariamente el examen concurrente
de una controversia no resuelta respecto de la soberana u otros
derechos sobre un territorio continental o insular;
-144-
Articulo 299
PARTE XVI
DISPOSICIONES GENERALES
Articulo 300
Buena fe y abuso de derecho
los Estados Partes cumplirn de buena fe las obligaciones contradas de
conformidad con esta Convencin y ejercern los derechos, competencias y libertades
reconocidos en ella de manera que no constituya un abuso de derecho.
Artculo 301
Utilizacin del mar con fines pacficos
Al ejercer sus derechos y cumplir sus obligaciones de conformidad con esta
Convencin, los Estados Partes se abstendrn de recurrir a la amenaza o al uso de
la fuerza contra la integridad territorial o la independencia poltica de cualquier
Estado o en cualquier otra forma incompatible con los principios de derecho
internacional incorporados en la Carta de las Naciones Uhidas.
Artculo 302
Revelacin de informacin
Sin perjuicio del derecho de los Estados Partes a recurrir a los
procedimientos de solucin de controversias establecidos en esta Convencin, nada
de lo dispuesto en ella se interpretar en el sentido de exigir que un Estado
Parte, en el cumplimiento de las obligaciones que le incumban en virtud de la
Convencin, proporcione informacin cuya revelacin sea contraria a los intereses
esenciales de su seguridad.
Artculo 303
Objetos arqueolgicos e histricos hallados en el mar
A..
-147-
PARTE XVII
DISPOSICIONES FINALES
Artculo 305
Firma
Artculo 307
Adhes ion
Artculo 308
Entrada en vigor
Artculo 309
Reservas y excepciones
Artculo 310
Declaraciones y manifestaciones
que sea su enunciado o denominacin, a fin de, entre otras cosas, armonizar su
derecho interno con las disposiciones de la Convencin, siempre que tales
declaraciones o manifestaciones no tengan por objeto excluir o modificar los
efectos jurdicos de las disposiciones de la Convencin en su aplicacin a ese
Estado.
Artculo 311
Relacin con otras convenciones y acuerdos internacionales
Enmienda
1. Al vencimiento de un plazo de 10 afios contado desde la fecha de entrada
en vigor de esta Convencin, cualquier Estado Parte podr proponer, mediante
comunicacin escrita al Secretario General de las Naciones Unidas, enmiendas
concretas a esta Convencin, salvo las que se refieran a las actividades en la
Zona, y solicitar la convocatoria de una conferencia para que examine las enmiendas
-151-
despus de que tres cuartos de los Estados Partes hayan depositado sus instrumentos
de ratificacin o de adhesin.
6. Todo Estado que llegue a ser Parte en esta Convencin despus de la
entrada en vigor de enmiendas conforme al prrafo 5 ser considerado Parte en la
Convencin as enmendada.
Artculo 317
Denuncia
1. Todo Estado Parte podr denunciar esta Convencin, mediante notificacin
escrita al Secretario General de las Naciones Unidas, e indicar las razones en que
funde la denuncia. La omisin de esas razones no afectar a la validez de la
denuncia. La denuncia surtir efecto un alto despus de la fecha en que haya sido
recibida la notificacin, a menos que en sta se seale una fecha ulterior.
2. La denuncia no dispensar a ningn Estado de las obligaciones financieras
y contractuales contradas mientras era Parte en esta Convencin, ni afectar a
ningn derecho, obligacin o situacin jurdica de ese Estado creados por la
ejecucin de la Convencin antes de su terminacin respecto de l.
Artculo 318
Condicin de los anexos
Los anexos son parte integrante de esta Convencin y, salvo que se disponga
expresamente otra cosa, toda referencia a la Convencin o a una de sus partes
constituye asimismo una referencia a los anexos correspondientes.
Artculo 319
Depositario
1. El Secretario General de las Naciones Unidas ser el depositario de esta
Convencin y de las enmiendas a ella.
2. Memas de desempear las funciones de depositario, el Secretario General:
a) Informar a los Estados Partes, a la Autoridad y a las organizaciones
internacionales competentes de las. cuestiones de carcter general que hayan surgido
con respecto a esta Conveneioni
-154-
ANEXO I
A.-
-156-
ANEXO II
Artculo 1
Con arreglo a las disposiciones del artculo 76, se establecer una Comisin
de limites de la plataforma continental ms all de 200 millas marinas, de
conformidad con los siguientes artculos.
Artculo 2
1. La Comisin estar compuesta de 21 miembros, expertos en geologa,
geofsica o hidrografa, elegidos por los Estados Partes en esta Convencin entre
sus nacionales, teniendo debidamente en cuenta la necesidad de asegurar una
representacin geogrfica equitativa, quienes prestarn sus servicios a ttulo
personal.
2. La eleccin inicial se realizar lo ms pronto posible, y en todo caso
dentro de un plazo de 18 meses contado a partir de la fecha de entrada en vigor de
esta Convencin. Por lo menos tres meses antes de la fecha de cada eleccin, el
Secretario General de las Naciones Unidas dirigir una carta a los Estados Partes
invitndolos a presentar candidaturas dentro de un plazo de tres meses, tras
celebrar las consultas regionales pertinentes. El Secretario General preparar una
lista en orden alfabtico de todas las personas as designadas y la presentar a
todos los Estados Partes.
3. Las elecciones de los miembros de la Comisin se realizarn en una
reunin de los Estados Partes convocada por el Secretario General en la Sede de las
Naciones Unidas. En esa reunin, para la cual constituirn quorum los dos tercios
de los Estados Partes, sern elegidos miembros de la Comisin los candidatos que
obtengan una mayora de dos tercios de los votos de los representantes de los
Estados Partes presentes y votantes. Se elegirn por lo menos tres miembros de
cada regin geogrfica.
4. Los miembros de la Comisin desempearn su cargo por cinco anos y podrn
ser reelegidos.
Artculo 3
..
-157-
Artculo 4
Artculo S
En caao da daaacuardo dal tetado ribaraflo con laa racoaandacionaa da la
Goals ion, al Batado ri baralto har a la Gomitin, dantro da un plazo raaonabla, una
praaantacitfn raviaada o ana nuava praaantacin.
Artculo 9
La a actuacionaa da la Ooaiaion no afaotarln a loa aauntoa ralativoa a la
fijacin da loa liaitaa antra Batadoa con ooataa adyacantaa o aituadaa franta a
franta.
-159-
ANEXO III
Articulo 1
Derechos sobre los minerales
Los derechos sobre loe minerales se transmitirn en el momento de su
extraccin de conformidad con esta Convencin.
Artculo 2
Prospecc ion
1. a) La Autoridad fomentar la realizacin de prospecciones en la Zona
b) Las prospecciones slo se realizarn una vez que la Autoridad haya
recibido un compromiso satisfactorio por escrito de que el futuro prospector
cumplir esta Convencin, as como las normas, reglamentos y procedimientos de la
Autoridad concernientes a la cooperacin en los programas de capacitacin previstos
en los artculos 143 y 144 y a la proteccin del medio marino, y aceptar que la
Autoridad verifique el cumplimiento. Junto con el compromiso, el futuro prospector
notificar a la Autoridad los lmites aproximados del rea o las reas en que vaya
a realizar la prospeccin;
c) La prospeccin podr ser realizada simultneamente por ms de un
prospector en la misma rea o las mismas reas.
2. La prospeccin no conferir al prospector derecho alguno sobre los
recursos. No obstante, el prospector podr extraer una cantidad razonable de
minerales con fines de ensayo.
Artculo 3
Exploracin y explotacin
1. La Empresa, los Estados Partes y las dems entidades o personas
mencionadas en el apartado b) del prrafo 2 del artculo 153 podrn solicitar de la
Autoridad la aprobacin de planes de trabajo relativos a actividades en la Zona.
2. La Empresa podr hacer esa solicitud respecto de cualquier parte de la
Zona, pero las solicitudes de otras entidades o personas que se refieran a reas
reservadas estarn sujetas adems a los requisitos del artculo 9 de este Anexo.
3. La exploracin y la explotacin se realizarn slo en las reas
especificadas en los planes de trabajo mencionados en el prrafo 3 del artculo 153
y aprobados por la Autoridad de conformidad con esta Convencin y con las normas,
reglamentos y procedimientos pertinentes de la Autoridad.
A..
-160-
entidades o personas que realicen actividades en la Zona y otros que tengan acceso
a esa tecnologa. Dicho grupo celebrar consultas y tomar medidas eficaces para
que se ponga esa tecnologa a disposicin de la Empresa segn modalidades y
condiciones equitativas y razonables. Cada uno de esos Estados Partes adoptar, en
el marco de su ordenamiento jurdico, todas las medidas factibles para lograr dicho
objetivo.
6. En el caso de empresas conjuntas con la Empresa, la transmisin de
tecnologa se efectuar con arreglo a las clusulas de los acuerdos por los que se
rijan.
Artculo 6
Aprobacin de los planes de trbalo
1. Seis meses despus de la entrada en vigor de esta Convencin/ y
posteriormente cada cuatro meses, la Autoridad examinar las propuestas de planes
de trabajo.
2. Al examinar una solicitud de aprobacin de un plan de trabajo en forma de
contrato, la Autoridad determinar en primer lugar:
a) Si el solicitante ha cumplido los procedimientos establecidos para las
solicitudes de conformidad con el artculo 4 de este Anexo y ha asumido los
compromisos y garantas requeridos por ese artculo. Si no se observan esos
procedimientos o si falta cualquiera de esos compromisos y garantas, se conceder
al solicitante un plazo de 45 das para que subsane los defectos;
b) Si el solicitante rene los requisitos previstos en el artculo 4 de este
Anexo.
3. Las propuestas de planes de trabajo se tramitarn en el orden en que
hayan sido recibidas. Tales propuestas cumplirn las disposiciones pertinentes de
esta Convencin y las normas, reglamentos y procedimientos de la Autoridad,
incluidos los requisitos relativos a las operaciones, las contribuciones
financieras y las obligaciones referentes a la transmisin de tecnologa, y se
regirn por ellos. Cuando las propuestas de planes de trabajo cumplan esos
requisitos, la Autoridad aprobar los planes de trabajo, siempre que se ajusten a
los requisitos uniformes y no discriminatorios establecidos en las normas,
reglamentos y procedimientos de la Autoridad, a menos que:
A..
-164-
b) La Autoridad haya excluido una parte o la totalidad del rea abarcada por
el plan de trabajo propuesto en virtud del apartado x) del prrafo 2 del
artculo 162; o
c) La propuesta de plan de trabajo haya sido presentada o patrocinada por un
Estado Parte que ya tenga:
Artculo 7
Seleccin de solicitantes de autorizaciones de produccin
A..
-165-
Artculo 8
Reserva de reas
Artculo 10
Arreglos conjuntos
1. En los contratos se podrn prever arreglos conjuntos entre el contratista
y la Autoridad por conducto de la Empresa, en forma de empresas conjuntas o de
reparto de la produccin, as como cualquier otra forma de arreglo conjunto, que
gozarn de la misma proteccin, en cuanto a su revisin, suspensin o rescisin,
que los contratos celebrados con la Autoridad.
A ..
-168-
A..
-170-
Porcin de ingresos
netos imputables Participacin de la Autoridad
Primer periodo de Segundo periodo de
produccin comercial produccin comercial
La porcin que represente un
rendimiento de la inversin
superior al 0% e inferior al 10% 35% 40%
La porcin que represente un
rendimiento de la inversin
igual o superior al 10% e
inferior al 20% 42,5% 50%
La porcin que represente un
rendimiento de la inversin
igual o superior al 20% 50% 70%
d) i) El primer periodo de produccin comercial mencionado en los
apartados a) y c) comenzar con el primer ejercicio contable de
produccin comercial y terminar con el ejercicio contable en que
los gastos de inversin del contratista, ms los intereses sobre la
parte no amortizada de esos gastos, queden amortizados en su
totalidad por el supervit de caja, segn se indica a continuacin.
En el primer ejercicio contable durante el cual se efecten gastos
de inversin, los gastos de inversin no amortizados equivaldrn a
los gastos de inversin menos el supervit de caja en ese
ejercicio. En cada uno de los ejercicios contables siguientes, los
gastos de inversin no amortizados equivaldrn a los gastos de
inversin no amortizados al final del ejercicio contable anterior,
ms los intereses sobre esos gastos al tipo del 10% anual, ms los
gastos de inversin efectuados en el ejercicio contable corriente y
menos el supervit de caja del contratista en dicho ejercicio. El
ejercicio contable en .que los gastos de inversin no amortizados
equivalgan por primera vez a cero ser aqul en que los gastos de
inversin del contratista, ms los intereses sobre la parte no
amortizada de esos gastos, queden amortizados en su totalidad por el
supervit de caja. El supervit de caja del contratista en un
ejercicio contable equivaldr a sus ingresos brutos menos sus gastos
de explotacin y menos sus pagos a la Autoridad con arreglo al
apartado c);
i i) El segundo periodo de produccin comercial comenzar con el
ejercicio contable siguiente a la terminacin del primer periodo de
produccin comercial y continuar hasta el fin del contrato)
-171-
Artculo 16
Derecho exclusivo de exploracin y explotacin
La Autoridad otorgar al operador, de conformidad con la Parte XI y con sus
normas, reglamentos y procedimientos, el derecho exclusivo a explorar y explotar el
rea abarcada por el plan de trabajo respecto de una categora especificada de
recursos y velar por que no se realicen en la misma rea actividades relacionadas
con una categora diferente de recursos en forma tal que puedan dificultar las
operaciones del operador. Los derechos del operador quedarn garantizados de
conformidad con el prrafo del artculo 153.
Artculo 17
Normas, reglamentos y procedimientos de la Autoridad
1. La Autoridad adoptar y aplicar de manera uniforme, en virtud del
inciso ii) del apartado f) del prrafo 2 del artculo 160 y del inciso ii) del
apartado o) del artculo 162, normas, reglamentos y procedimientos para el
desempeo de sus funciones enunciadas en la parte XI respecto de, entre otras, las
cuestiones siguientes
c) Cuestiones financieras:
i) Establecimiento de normas uniformes y no discriminatorias en materia de
determinacin de costos y de contabilidad, as como del mtodo de
seleccin de los auditores;
ii) Distribucin de los ingresos de las operaciones;
iii) Los incentivos mencionados en el artculo 13 de este Anexo
d) Aplicacin de las decisiones adoptadas en cumplimiento del prrafo 10 del
artculo 151 y del apartado d) del prrafo 2 del artculo 164.
2. Las normas, reglamentos y procedimientos sobre las siguientes cuestiones
reflejaran plenamente los criterios objetivos establecidos a continuacin i
a) Dimensin de las reass
La Autoridad determinar la dimensin apropiada de las reas asignadas para la
exploracin, que podr ser hasta el doble de la de las asignadas.para la
explotacin, a fin de permitir operaciones intensivas de exploracin. Se calcular
la dimensin de las reas de manera que satisfaga los requisitos del artculo 8 de
este Anexo sobre la reserva de reas, asi como las necesidades de produccin
expresadas que sean compatibles con el artculo 151 de conformidad con las
disposiciones del contrato, teniendo en cuenta el grado de adelanto de la
tecnologa disponible en ese momento para la extraccin de minerales de los fondos
marinos y las caractersticas fsicas pertinentes del rea. Las reas no sern
menores ni mayores de lo necesario para satisfacer este objetivo;
b) Duracin de las operaciones
i) La prospeccin no estar sujeta a plazo;
i i) La duracin de la exploracin debera ser suficiente para permitir un
estudio detenido del rea determinada, el diseffo y la construccin de
equipo de extraccin de minerales para el rea, y el diseo y la
construccin de instalaciones de tratamiento de pequeflo y mediano tamaffo
destinadas a ensayar sistemas de extraccin y tratamiento de minerales;
c) Normas de cumplimiento:
La Autoridad exigir que, durante la etapa de exploracin, el operador efecte
gastos peridicos que guarden una relacin razonable con la dimensin del rea
abarcada por el plan de trabajo y con los gastos que cabria esperar de un operador
de buena fe que se propusiera iniciar la produccin comercial en el rea dentro del
plazo fijado por la Autoridad. Esos gastos no deberan fijarse en un nivel que
desalentase a los posibles operadores que dispusiesen de una tecnologa menos
costosa que la utilizada ms comnmente. La Autoridad fijar un intervalo mximo
entre la terminacin de la etapa de exploracin y el comienzo de la produccin
comercial. Para fijar este intervalo, la Autoridad debera tener en cuenta que la
construccin de sistemas de extraccin y tratamiento de minerales en gran escala no
puede iniciarse hasta que termine la etapa de exploracin y comience la de
explotacin. En consecuencia, el intervalo para poner el rea en produccin
comercial debera tomar en consideracin el tiempo necesario para la construccin
de esos sistemas despus de completada la etapa de exploracin y el que sea
razonable para tener en cuenta retrasos inevitables en el calendario de
construccin. Una vez iniciada la produccin comercial, la Autoridad, dentro de
lmites razonables y teniendo en cuenta todos los factores pertinentes, exigir al
operador que mantenga la produccin comercial durante la vigencia del plan de
trabajo.
d) Categoras de recursos:
e) Renuncia de reas:
El operador tendr derecho a renunciar en todo momento, sin sancin, a la
totalidad o a una parte de sus derechos en el rea abarcada por un plan de trabajo.
-179-
g) Produccin comercial:
Se considerar comenzada la produccin comercial cuando un operador realice la
extraccin continua en gran escala que produzca una cantidad de material suficiente
para indicar claramente que el objetivo principal es la produccin en gran escala y
no la produccin destinada a la reunin de informacin, el anlisis o el ensayo del
equipo o de la planta.
Artculo 18
Sanciones
ANEXO IV
ESTATUTO DE LA EMPRESA
Articulo 1
Objetivos
Artculo 5
Junta Directiva
1. La Junta Directiva estar integrada por 15 miembros elegidos por la
Asamblea de conformidad con el apartado c) del prrafo 2 del artculo 160. En la
eleccin de los miembros de la Junta se tendr debidamente en cuenta el principio
de la distribucin geogrfica equitativa. Al presentar candidaturas para la Junta,
los miembros de la Autoridad tendrn presente la necesidad de que los candidatos
que propongan tengan el mximo nivel de competencia y las calificaciones necesarias
en las esferas pertinentes, a fin de asegurar la viabilidad y el xito de la
Empresa.
2. Los miembros de la Junta sern elegidos por cuatro anos y podrn ser
reelegidos. En su eleccin y reeleccin se tendr debidamente en cuenta el
principio de la rotacin.
3. Los miembros de la Junta desempearn sus cargos hasta que sean elegidos
sus sucesores. Si el cargo de un miembro de la Junta queda vacante, la Asamblea
elegir, de conformidad con el apartado c) del prrafo 2 del artculo 160, un nuevo
miembro para el resto del mandato de su predecesor.
4. Los miembros de la Junta actuarn a ttulo personal. En el desempeo de
sus funciones, no solicitarn ni aceptarn instrucciones de ningn gobierno o
ninguna otra fuente. Los miembros de la Autoridad respetarn el carcter
independiente de los miembros de la Junta y se abstendrn de todo intento de
influir sobre cualquiera de ellos en el desempeo de sus funciones.
Artculo 6
Facultades y funciones de la Junta Directiva
La Junta Directiva dirigir las operaciones de la Empresa. Con sujecin a
esta Convencin, la Junta Directiva ejercer las facultades necesarias para cumplir
los objetivos de la Empresa, incluidas las des
b) Adoptar su reglamentoi
c) Elaborar y presentar por escrito al Consejo planes de trabajo oficiales,
de conformidad con el prrafo 3 del artculo 153 y el apartado j) del prrafo 2 del
artculo 162}
d) Elaborar planes de trabajo y programas para la realizacin de las
actividades previstas en el articulo 170}
Ubicacion
La Empresa tendr su oficina principal en la sede de la Autoridad. Podr
establecer otras oficinas e instalaciones en el territorio de cualquier Estado
Parte, con el consentimiento de ste.
A..
-185-
Artculo 9
iii) Una vez preparado ese programa, la Empresa notificar a cada Estado
Parte, por conducto de la Autoridad, la parte que le corresponda de
tales gastos con arreglo al apartado b) . La Empresa cobrar las
sumas de los pagars que sean necesarias para hacer frente a los
gastos indicados en el programa antes mencionado con respecto a los
prstamos sin inters;
Articulo 12
Operaciones
Artculo 13
Condicin jurdica, privilegios e inmunidades
1. A fin de que la Empresa pueda desempear sus funciones, se le concedern
en el territorio de los Estados Partes la condicin jurdica, los privilegios y las
inmunidades establecidos en este articulo. Con ese propsito, la Empresa y los
Estados Partes podrn concertar los acuerdos especiales que consideren necesarios.
d) Los Estados Partes velarn por que la Empresa goce de todos los derechos,
privilegios e inmunidades que ellos reconozcan a entidades que realicen actividades
comerciales en sus territorios. Los derechos, privilegios e inmunidades
reconocidos a la Empresa no sern menos favorables que los reconocidos a entidades
comerciales que realicen actividades similares, cuando los Estados Partes otorguen
privilegios especiales a Estados en desarrollo o a sus entidades comerciales, la
Empresa gozar de esos privilegios en forma igualmente preferencia!
e) Los Estados Partes podrn otorgar incentivos, derechos, privilegios e
inmunidades especiales a la Empresa sin quedar obligados a otorgarlos a otras
entidades comerciales.
5. La Empresa negociar con los pases en que estn ubicadas sus oficinas e
instalaciones la exencin de impuestos directos e indirectos.
6. Cada Estado Parte tomar las medidas necesarias para incorporar a su
legislacin los principios enunciados en este Anexo e informar a la Empresa de las
medidas concretas que haya tomado.
7. La Empresa podr renunciar, en la medida y condiciones que determine, a
cualquiera de los privilegios e inmunidades concedidos por este articulo o por los
acuerdos especiales mencionados en el prrafo 1.
-191-
ANEXO V
CONCILIACIN
Artculo 1
Incoacin del procedimiento
Si las partes en una controversia han convenido/ de conformidad con el
artculo 284, en someterla al procedimiento de conciliacin previsto en esta
seccin, cualquiera de ellas podr incoar el procedimiento mediante notificacin
escrita dirigida a la otra u otras partes en la controversia.
Articulo 2
Lista de conciliadores
El Secretario General de las Naciones Unidas establecer y mantendr una lista
de conciliadores. Cada Estado Parte tendr derecho a designar cuatro
conciliadores, quienes sern personas que gocen de la ms alta reputacin de
imparcialidad, competencia e integridad. La lista se compondr de los nombres de
las personas as designadas. Si en cualquier momento los conciliadores designados
por uno de los Estados Partes para integrar la lista fueren menos de cuatro, ese
Estado Parte podr hacer las nuevas designaciones a que tenga derecho. El nombre
de un conciliador permanecer en la lista hasta que sea retirado por el Estado
Parte que lo haya designado; no obstante, seguir formando parte de cualquier
comisin de conciliacin para la cual se le haya nombrado hasta que termine el
procedimiento ante esa comisin.
Artculo 3
Constitucin de la comisin de conciliacin
Salvo que las partes acuerden otra cosa, la comisin de conciliacin se
constituir de la forma siguiente:
a) A reserva de lo dispuesto en el apartado g), la comisin de conciliacin
estar integrada por cinco miembros>
b) La parte que incoe el procedimiento nombrar dos conciliadores, de
preferencia elegidos de la lista mencionada en el articulo 2 de este Anexo, uno de
los cuales podr ser nacional suyo, salvo que las partes convengan otra cosa. Esos
nombramientos se incluirn en la notificacin prevista en el artculo 1 de este
Anexo}
c) La otra parte en la controversia nombrar, en la forma prevista en el
apartado b), dos conciliadores dentro de los 21 das siguientes a la recepcin de
la notificacin prevista en el artculo 1 de este Anexo. Si no se efectan los
nombramientos en ese plazo, la parte que haya incoado el procedimiento podr, dentro
-192-
Artculo 4
Procedimiento
Artculo 5
Solucin amistosa
Artculo 6
Fuelone de la comisin
La comisin oir a las partes, examinar sus pretensiones y objeciones, y les
formular propuestas para que lleguen a una solucin amistosa.
Artculo 7
Informe
1. La comisin presentar un informe dentro de los 12 meses siguientes a su
constitucin. En su informe dejar constancia de los acuerdos a que se haya
llegado y, si no ha habido acuerdo, de sus conclusiones sobre todas las cuestiones
de hecho o de derecho relativas a la cuestin en litigio e incluir las
recomendaciones que estime adecuadas para una solucin amistosa. El informe ser
depositado en poder del Secretario General de las Naciones Unidas, quien lo
transmitir inmediatamente a las partes en la controversia.
2. El informe de la comisin, incluidas sus conclusiones y recomendaciones,
no ser obligatorio para las partee. ,
Artculo 8
Terminacin del procedimiento
El procedimiento de conciliacin terminar cuando se haya llegado a una
solucin, cuando las partee hayan aceptado o una de ellas haya rechazado las
recomendaciones del informe mediante notificacin escrita dirigida al Secretario
General de las Naciones Unidas o cuando haya transcurrido un plazo de tres meses
desde la fecha en que se transmiti el informe a las partes.
Artculo 9
Honorarios y gastos
Los honorarios y gastos de la comisin corrern a cargo de las partes en la
controversia.
Artculo 10
Derecho de las partes a modificar el procedimiento
Las partes en la controversia podrn modificar, mediante acuerdos aplicables
nicamente a esa controversia, cualquier disposicin de este Anexo.
-194-
Artculo 11
Artculo 13
Competencia
Todo desacuerdo en cuanto a la competencia de una comisin de conciliacin
establecida en virtud de esta seccin ser dirimido por esa comisin.
Artculo 14
Aplicacin de la seccin 1
Los artculos 2 a 10 de la seccin 1 se aplicarn con sujecin a las
disposiciones de esta seccin.
-195-
ANEXO VI
Artculo 1
Disposiciones generales
Articulo 2
Composicin
i Artculo 5
2. Los miembros del Tribunal cuyo mandato haya de expirar al cumplirse los
mencionados plazos iniciales de tres y seis affos sern designados por sorteo que
efectuar el Secretario General de las Naciones Unidas inmediatamente despus de la
primera eleccin.
Artculo 6
Vacantes
1. Las vacantes se cubrirn por el mismo procedimiento seguido en la primera
eleccin, con sujecin a la disposicin siguiente) dentro del plazo de un mes
contado a partir de la fecha de la vacante el Secretario extender las invitaciones
que dispone el artculo 4 de este Anexo, y el Presidente del Tribunal, previa
consulta con los Estados Partes, fijar la fecha de la eleccin.
A ..
-197-
2. Todo miembro del Tribunal elegido para reemplazar a otro que no haya
terminado su mandato desempear el cargo por el resto del periodo de su predecesor*
Artculo 7
Incompat ibi1idade s
1. Los miembros del Tribunal no podrn ejercer funcin poltica o
administrativa alguna, ni tener una vinculacin activa con ninguna empresa que
intervenga en la exploracin o la explotacin de los recursos del mar o de los
fondos marinos o en otra forma de aprovechamiento comercial del mar o de los fondos
marinos, ni tener un inters financiero en dichas empresas.
2. Los miembros del Tribunal no podrn ejercer funciones de agente,
consejero ni abogado en ningn asunto.
3. En caso de duda sobre estas cuestiones, el Tribunal decidir por mayora
de los dems miembros presentes.
Artculo 8
Condiciones relativas a la participacin de los miembros
en ciertos asuntos
1. Los miembros del Tribunal no podrn conocer de ningn asunto en que hayan
intervenido anteriormente como agentes, consejeros o abogados de cualquiera de las
partes, como miembros de un tribunal nacional o internacional o en cualquier otra
calidad.
2. Si, por alguna razn especial, un miembro del Tribunal considera que no
debe conocer de un asunto determinado, lo har saber al Presidente del Tribunal.
3. Si el Presidente considera que, por alguna razn especial, un miembro del
Tribunal no debe conocer de un asunto determinado, se lo har saber.
4. En caso de duda sobre estas cuestiones, el Tribunal decidir por mayora
de los dems miembros presentes.
Artculo 9
Consecuencia de la prdida de las condiciones requeridas
Cuando un miembro del Tribunal, en opinin unnime de los dems, haya dejado
de reunir las condiciones requeridas, el Presidente declarar vacante el cargo.
Articulo 10
Privilegios e inmunidades
En el ejercicio de las funciones del cargo, los miembros del Tribunal gozarn
de privilegios e inmunidades diplomticos.
-198-
Artculo 11
Declaracin solemne
Antes de asumir el cargo, los miembros del Tribunal declararn solemnemente,
en sesin pblica, que ejercern sus atribuciones con imparcialidad y en conciencia.
Artculo 12
Presidente, Vicepresidente y Secretario
1. El Tribunal elegir por tres artos a su Presidente y su Vicepresidente,
que podrn ser reelegidos.
2. El Tribunal nombrar su Secretario y podr disponer el nombramiento de
los dems funcionarios que sean menester.
3. El Presidente y el Secretario residirn en la sede del Tribunal.
Artculo 13
i Quorum
1. Todos los miembros disponibles participarn en las actuaciones del
Tribunal, pero se requerir un quorum de once miembros elegidos para constituirlo.
2. El Tribunal determinar qu miembros estn disponibles para conocer de
una controversia determinada, teniendo en cuenta el artculo 17 de este Anexo y la
necesidad de asegurar el funcionamiento eficaz de las salas previstas en los
artculos 14 y 15 de este Anexo.
3. El Tribunal oir y decidir todas las controversias y solicitudes que se
le sometan, a menos que sea aplicable el articulo 14 de este Anexo o que las partes
soliciten que se tramiten de conformidad con el artculo 15 de este Anexo.
Artculo 14
Sala de Controversias de los Pondos Marinos
Se constituir una Sala de Controversias de los Fondos Marinos conforme a lo -
dispuesto en la seccin 4 de este Anexo. Su competencia, facultades y funciones
sern las establecidas en la seccin 5 de la Parte XI.
Artculo 15
Salas especiales
1. El Tribunal podr constituir las salas, compuestas de tres o ms de sus
miembros elegidos, que considere necesarias para conocer de determinadas categoras
de controversias.
-199-
1. Los miembros del Tribunal que sean nacionales de cualquiera de las partes
en una controversia conservarn su derecho a actuar como miembros del Tribunal.
2. Si el Tribunal, al conocer de una controversia, incluyere algn miembro
que sea nacional de una de las partee, cualquier otra parte podr designar una
persona de su eleccin para que acte en calidad de miembro del Tribunal.
3. Si el Tribunal, al conocer de una controversia, no incluyere ningn'
miembro que sea nacional de las partes, cada una de stas podr designar una
persona de su eleccin para que participe en calidad de miembro del Tribunal.
4. Lo dispuesto en este artculo se aplicar a las salas a que se refieren
los artculos 14 y 15 de este Anexo. En esos casos, el Presidente, previa consulta
con las partes, pedir a tantos integrantes de la eala como sea necesario que cedan
sus puestos a los miembros del Tribunal nacionales de las partes interesadas y, si
no los hubiere o no pudieren estar presentes, a los miembros especialmente
designados por las partes.
5. Si varias partes tuvieren un mismo inters, se considerarn una sola
parte a los efectos de las disposiciones precedentes. En caso de duda, el Tribunal
decidir.
6. Los miembros designados conforme a lo dispuesto en los prrafos 2, 3 y 4
debern reunir las condiciones establecidas en los artculos 2, 8 y 11 de este
Anexo, y participarn en las decisiones del Tribunal en pie de absoluta igualdad
con sus colegas.
-200-
Articulo 18
Remuneracin
1. Cada miembro elegido del Tribunal percibir un sueldo anual, as como un
estipendio especial por cada da en que desempee sus funciones. La suma total de
su estipendio especial en un arto determinado no exceder del monto del sueldo anual,
Artculo 19
Gastos del Tribunal
1. Los gastos del Tribunal sern sufragados por los Estados Partes y por la
Autoridad en la forma y condiciones que se determinen en reuniones de los Estados
Partes.
SBCCION 2. COMPETENCIA
Artculo 20
Acceso al Tribunal
1. Los Estados Partee tendrn acceso al Tribunal.
2 Las entidades distintas de los Estados Partes tendrn acceso al Tribunal
en cualquiera de los supuestos expresamente previstos en la Parte XI o en relacin
con toda controversia que sea sonetida al Tribunal de conformidad con cualquier
otro acuerdo que le confiera una competencia aceptada por todas las partes en la
controversia.
Artculo 21
Competencia
La competencia del Tribunal se extender a todas las controversias y demandas
que le sean sometidas de conformidad con esta Convencin y a todas las cuestiones
expresamente previstas en cualquier otro acuerdo que confiera competencia al
Tribunal.
Artculo 22
Sumisin de controversias regidas por otros acuerdos
Si todas las partes en un tratado ya en vigor que verse sobre las materias
objeto de esta Convencin asi lo acuerdan, las controversias relativas a la
interpretacin o aplicacin de ese tratado podrn ser sometidas al Tribunal de
conformidad con dicho acuerdo.
t
Articulo 23
Derecho aplicable
El Tribunal decidir todas las controversias y demandas de conformidad con el
artculo 293.
SECCIN 3. PROCEDIMIENTO
Artculo 24
Iniciacin de las actuaciones
1. Las controversias sern sometidas al Tribunal mediante notificacin de un
compromiso entre las partes o mediante solicitud escrita dirigida al Secretario.
En ambos casos, se indicarn el objeto de la controversia y las partes.
i
2. El Secretario notificara inmediatamente el compromiso o la solicitud a
todos los interesados.
A..
-202-
Medidas provisionales
1. Con arreglo al artculo 290, el Tribunal y su Sala de Controversias de
los Fundos Marinos estarn facultados para decretar medidas provisionales.
2. Si el Tribunal no se encuentra reunido o si el nmero de miembros
disponibles no es suficiente para que haya quorum, las medidas provisionales sern
decretadas por la sala que se establezca en virtud del prrafo 3 del artculo 15 de
este Anexo. No obstante lo dispuesto en el prrafo 4 del artculo 15 de este
Anexo, las medidas provisionales podrn ser adoptadas a solicitud de cualquiera de
las partes en la controversia. Dichas medidas estarn sujetas a examen y revisin
por el Tribunal.
Artculo 26
Vistas
1. El Presidente o, en su ausencia, el Vicepresidente dirigir las vistas!
si ninguno de ellos pudiere hacerlo, presidir el ms antiguo de los miembros del
Tribunal presentes.
2. Las vistas sern pblicas, salvo que el Tribunal decida o las partes
soliciten otra cosa.
Artculo 27
Direccin del proceso
El Tribunal dictar las providencias necesarias para la direccin del proceso,
decidir la forma y plazos en que cada parte deber presentar sus alegatos y
adoptar las medidas necesarias para la prctica de pruebas.
Artculo 28
?
Incompa recenc i a
Cuando una de las partes no comparezca ante el Tribunal o se abstenga de
defender su caso, la otra parte podr pedir al Tribunal que prosiga las actuaciones
y dicte su fallo. La ausencia de una parte o la abstencin de defender su caso no
constituir un impedimento para las actuaciones. Antes de dictar el fallo, el
Tribunal deber asegurarse no slo de que tiene competencia en la controversia,
sino tambin de que la demanda est bien fundada en cuanto a los hechos y al
derecho.
-203-
Articulo 29
Artculo 30
Fallo
2. El fallo mencionar los nombres de los miembros del Tribunal que hayan
participado en su adopcin.
Artculo 31
Artculo 32
Derecho de intervencin en casos de interpretacin o aplicacin
Artculo 33
Artculo 34
Costas
Salvo que el Tribunal determine otra cosa, cada parte sufragar sus propias
costas.
Artculo 35
i
Composicin
3. Los miembros de la Sala sern designados por tres altos y su mandato slo
podr ser renovado una vez.
Artculo 40
Aplicacin de las dems secciones de este Anexo
1. Se aplicarn a la Sala las disposiciones de las dems secciones de este
Anexo que no sean incompatibles con esta seccin.
2. En el ejercicio de sus funciones consultivas, la Sala se guiar por las
disposiciones de este Anexo relativas al procedimiento ante el Tribunal, en la
medida en que las considere aplicables.
SECCIN 5. EIMIBNDAS
Artculo 41
Enmindale
i
1. Las enmiendas a este Anexo, con excepcin de las relativas a su
seccin 4, sern adoptadas solamente de conformidad con el artculo 313 o por
consenso en una conferencia convocada con arreglo a lo dispuesto en esta Convencin.
2. Las enmiendas relativas a la seccin 4 de este Anexo sern adoptadas
solamente con arreglo al artculo 314.
3. El Tribunal podr proponer las enmiendas a este Anexo que jusque
necesarias por medio de comunicacin escrita dirigida a los Estados Partes para que
stos las examinen de conformidad con los prrafos 1 y 2.
-207-
ANBXO VII
ARBITRAJE
Artculo 1
Incoacin del procedimiento
Oon sujecin a lo dispuesto en la Parte XV, cualquier parte en una
controversia podr someterla al procedimiento de arbitraje previsto en este Anexo
mediante notificacin escrita dirigida a la otra u otras partea en la
controversia. La notificacin ir acompaada de una exposicin de las pretensiones
y de los motivos en que astas se funden. '
Artculo 2
Lista de arbitros
1. El Secretario General de las Naciones Unidas establecer y mantendr una
lista de arbitros. Cada Estado Parte tendr derecho a designar cuatro arbitros,
quienes sern personas con experiencia en asuntos martimos que gocen de la ms
alta reputacin por su imparcialidad, competencia e integridad. La lista se
compondr de los nombres de las personas as designadas.
2. Si en cualquier momento los arbitros designados por un Estado Parte para
integrar la lista fueren menos de cuatro, ese Estado Parte tendr derecho a hacer
las nuevas designaciones necesarias.
3. El nombre de un arbitro permanecer en la lista hasta que sea retirado
por el Estado Parte que lo haya designadoi no obstante, seguir formando parte de
cualquier tribunal de arbitraje para el cual haya sido nombrado hasta que termine
el procedimiento ante ese tribunal. ,
Artculo 3
Constitucin del tribunal arbitral
Para los efectos del procedimiento previsto en este Anexo, el tribunal
arbitral se constituir, a menos que las partes acuerden otra cosa, de la forma
siguientes
a) A reserva de lo dispuesto en el apartado g), el tribunal arbitral estar
integrado por cinco miembros!
b) La parte que incoe el procedimiento nombrar un miembro, de preferencia
elegido de la lista mencionada en el artculo 2 de este Anexo, el cual podr ser
nacional suyo. El nombramiento se incluir en la notificacin prevista en el
artculo 1 de este Anexoi
-208-
A..
-209-
Artculo 4
Artculo 9
Incomparecencia
Cuando una de las partes en la controversia no comparezca ante el tribunal o
se abstenga de hacer la defensa de su caso, la otra parte podr pedir al tribunal
que prosiga las actuaciones y dicte su laudo. La ausencia o incomparecencia de una
parte no ser obstculo para llevar adelante las actuaciones. Antes de dictar su
laudo, el tribunal arbitral deber asegurarse no slo de que es competente en la
controversia, sino tambin de que la pretensin est bien fundada en cuanto a los
hechos y al derecho.
Artculo 10
Laudo
ANEXO VIII
ARBITRAJE ESPECIAL
Artculo 1
Incoacin del procedimiento
Artculo 3
g) Las partes que hagan causa comn nombrarn conjuntamente dos miembros del
tribunal de comn acuerdo. B caso de que varias partes tengan intereses
distintos, o de que haya desacuerdo acerca de si hacen o no causa comn, cada una
de ellas nombrar un miembro del tribunal;
h) Los apartados a) a f) se aplicarn, en toda la medida de lo posible, a
las controversias en que intervengan ms de dos partes.
Articulo 4
Disposiciones generales
Las disposiciones de los artculos 4 a 13 del Anexo VII se aplicarn,
mutatis mutandis, al procedimiento de arbitraje especial previsto en este Anexo.
Artculo 5
Determinacin de los hechos
1. Las partes en una controversia respecto de la interpretacin o la
aplicacin de las disposiciones de esta Convencin relativas a 1) pesqueras,
2) proteccin y preservacin del medio marino, 3) investigacin cientfica marina o
4) navegacin, incluida la contaminacin causada por buques y por vertimiento,
podrn convenir, en cualquier momento, en solicitar que un tribunal arbitral
especial constituido de conformidad con el artculo 3 de este Anexo realice una
investigacin y determine los hechos que hayan originado la controversia.
2. Salvo que las partes acuerden otra cosa, los hechos establecidos por el
tribunal arbitral especial en virtud del prrafo 1 se considerarn establecidos
entre las partes.
3. Cuando todas las partes en la controversia lo soliciten, el tribunal
arbitral especial podr formular recomendaciones que, sin tener fuerza decisoria,
slo sirvan de base para que las partes examinen las cuestiones que hayan dado
origen a la controversia.
4. Con sujecin a lo dispuesto en el prrafo 2, el tribunal arbitral
especial actuar de conformidad con las disposiciones de este Anexo, a menos que
las partes acuerden otra cosa.
-214-
ANEXO IX
Artculo 1
Emple del trmino "organizaciones internacionales*
A loe efectos del articulo 305 y de este Anexo, por "organizaciones
internacionales" se entender las organizaciones intergubernamentales constituidas
por Estados que les hayan transferido competencias en materias regidas por esta
Convencin, incluida la de celebrar tratados en relacin con ellas.
Artculo 2
Firma
Las organizaciones internacionales podrn firmar esta Convencin cuando la
mayora de sus Estados miembros sean signatarios de ella. En el momento de la
firma, la organizacin internacional har una declaracin en que especificar las
materias regidas por la Convencin respecto de las cuales sus Estados miembros que
sean signatarios le hayan transferido competencias, as como la ndole y el alcance
de ellas.
Artculo 3
Conlirmacion-formal y adhesin
1. Las organizaciones internacionales podrn depositar sus instrumentos de
confirmacin formal o de adhesin cuando la mayora de sus Estados miembros
depositen o hayan depositado sus instrumentos de ratificacin o de adhesin.
2. Los instrumentos que depositen las organizaciones internacionales
contendrn los compromisos y declaraciones previstos en los artculos 4 y 5 de este
Anexo.
Artculo 4
Alcance de la participacin y derechos y obligaciones
1. Los instrumentos de confirmacin formal o de adhesin que depositen las
organizaciones internacionales contendrn el compromiso de aceptar los derechos y
obligaciones establecidos en esta Convencin para los Estados respecto de las
materias en relacin con las cuales sus Estados miembros que sean Partee en la
Convencin les hayan transferido competencias.
2. Las organizaciones internacionales sern Partes en esta Convencin en la
medida en que tengan competencia de conformidad con las declaraciones,
comunicaciones o notificaciones a que se hace referencia en el articulo 5 de este
Anexo.
A..
-215-
3. Se presumir que los Estados Partee que sean miembros de una organizacin
internacional que sea Parte en la Convencin tienen competencia sobre todas las
materias regidas por esta Convencin respecto de las cuales no hayan declarado,
notificado o comunicado especficamente, con arreglo al presente artculo,
transferencias de competencia a la organizacin.
4. Las organizaciones internacionales y sus Estados miembros que sean Partee
en la Convencin notificarn sin demora al depositario cualesquiera modificaciones
en la distribucin de competencias indicada en las declaraciones previstas en los
prrafos 1 y 2, incluidas nuevas transferencias de competencia.
-216-
.
-217-
Articulo 8
Aplicacin de la Parte XVII
La Parte XVII ser aplicable, mutatis mutandis a las organizaciones
internacionales, con las siguientes excepciones!
a) Los instrumentos de confirmacin formal o de adhesin de organizaciones
internacionales no se tendrn en cuenta a los efectos del prrafo 1 del
artculo 308i
b) i) Las organizaciones internacionales tendrn capacidad exclusiva a los
efectos de la aplicacin de los artculos 312 a 315 en la medida en
que, con arreglo al artculo 5 de este Anexo, tengan competencia
sobre la totalidad de la cuestin a gue se refiera la enmienda)
ii) A los efectos de la aplicacin de los prrafos 1, 2 y 3 del
artculo 316, se considerar que el instrumento de confirmacin
formal o de adhesin de una organizacin internacional respecto de
una enmienda constituye el instrumento de ratificacin o de adhesin
de cada uno de sus Estados miembros que sean Partes en la Convencin
cuando la organizacin tenga competencia sobre la totalidad de la
cuestin a que se refiera la enmienda
iii) Oon respecto a las dems enmiendas, los instrumentos de confirmacin
formal o de adhesin de organizaciones internacionales no se tendrn
en cuenta a los efectos de los prrafos 1 y 2 del artculo 316i
c) i) Ninguna organizacin internacional podr denunciar esta Convencin
con arreglo al artculo 317 si uno de sus Estados miembros es Parte
en la Convencin y ella sigue reuniendo los reauisitos indicados en
el artculo 1 de este Anexo.
ii) Las organizaciones internacionales denunciarn la Convencin cuando
ninguno de sus Estados miembros sea Parte en la Convencin o cuando
ellas hayan dejado de reunir los requisitos indicados en el
artculo 1 de este Anexo. Esa denuncia surtir efecto de inmediato.
I hereby certify that the Je certifie que le texte qui
foregoing text is a true copy of the prcde est la copie conforme de la
United Nations Convention on the Law Convention des Nations Unies sur le
of the Sea, concluded at Montego droit de la mer, conclue Montego
Bay, Jamaica, on 10 December 1982, Bay, (Jamaque) le 10 dcembre 1982,
the original of which is deposited dont l'original est dpos auprs du
with the Secretary-General of the Secrtaire gnral des Nations
United Nations. Unies.
Hans Corell